Lesson 206 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-SIX


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  206

I am not a body. I am free.

Free of all the ego’s mental limits (i.e. persistent lack of willingness): no mental disability to interfere with the ability to be and see as God would have Me be and see, and not as I would have Me be and see!

For I am still as God created me. (Able to be and see most holily.)

[186] Salvation of the world depends on me. Upon My willingness to allow Myself – allow God’s Vision to become My own – to be and see the world as holy. (It is a mouthful, yet the ego does resist it!)

1 I am entrusted with the gifts of God
because I am His Son. And I would give
His gifts where He intended them to be.
To All My greatly belovèd Others!1

*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~**~*

1 Note from Brother:

I am now using the term Other or Others because “Brothers” has a distinctly masculine slant to it, although not meant to, and “Others” takes in not only everyOne, and both genders, but every thing; as in St. Francis and Brother Son, Sister Moon. I will comment on this thought ­occasionally.

Since the Reality of the Son of God is not in genders, originally it seemed a small thing to Me. Yet I now see that it is not, when in the present state of dreaming.

 


REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 205 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-FIVE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  205

I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

That, indeed, is freedom. For God creating Me and everyOne didn’t happen on the run and then be done. Our creating unfolds throughout Eternity. For it has been going on forevermore, and will continue through Eternity.

[185] I want the peace of God. What else could make Life worth living?

1 The peace of God is everything I want. What else could compare with the peace God gives? It’s beyond riches, for it’s the basis for all happiness; prayer’s foundation, catalyst for health.

What is the peace of God but surrender to serenity. That sounds good to Me.


The peace of God is my one goal; I have no other. (Is there another? I know there isn’t.) It is My holy rock of Gibraltar; the aim of all my living here, the end I seek, my purpose and my function and my life while I abide where I am not at home. In other words, it’s everything to Me
 

REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 204 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-FOUR


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  204

I am not a body. I am free. Free from the beliefs of so-called ‘humanity’. I am God’s Son, His holy One.

For I am still as God created me. The Son of God never has been ‘human’; He’s just been dreaming.

[184] The Name of God is my inheritance. We All can say equally: God’s Nature is the same as Mine. My Inheritance is but forever!

1 God’s Name reminds me that I am His Son, – such a blessèd One! –
not slave to time, – eternal as God, so like My Father because We are One – unbound by laws which rule
the world of sick illusions, free in God,
forever and forever one with Him.
Again: I’m just as He, and just as free.

 

REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 203 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-THREE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  203

I am not a body. I am free. 

What am I if I’m not a body? How did God create Me?
For I am still as God created me.

Good questions Sister! You are Spirit just as God, Your Source is.

[183] I call upon God’s Name and on my own. For as I always say, Your Name means Your Real Nature. God’s Name and Nature both are Good, just as Yours are!

1 The Name of God is my deliverance
from every thought of evil and of sin,
because it is my own as well as His.

This makes perfect sense, for in the Light of Your most Holy Nature, ‘evil’ and ‘sin’ are non-existent!
 

REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 202 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-TWO


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  202

I am not a body. I am free. 

Free of seeming changes by the ego, I’m still Son of God!.
For I am still as God created – is still creating – me.

[182] I will be still a moment and go home.

I am a stranger here in this frenetic dream. Let Me still My mind and find Myself at Home again.

1 Why would I choose to stay an instant more – in the insanity of the ego – where I do not belong, when God Himself
has given me His Voice to call me home?
I hear You loud and clear My dear, belovèd Holy Spirit. And I am coming!

 

REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 201 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

WORKBOOK PART I ~ REVIEW VI

LESSON TWO HUNDRED-ONE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW VI

1 For this review, we take but one idea each day and practice it as often as is possible.  – Which naturally will be as often as You choose it to be. – Besides the time you give morning and evening, which should not be less than 15 minutes, and the hourly remembrances you make throughout the day, use the idea as often as you can between them. Each of these ideas alone would be sufficient for salvation, if it were learned truly. Each would be enough to give release to you and to the world from every form of bondage and invite the memory of God to come again.  The memory of God is but Your Reality.  Therefore, it is not of the past but is present right here and right now.

2 With this in mind, we start our practicing in which we carefully review the thoughts the Holy Spirit has bestowed on us in our last 20 lessons. Each contains the whole curriculum if understood, practiced, accepted, and applied to all the seeming happenings throughout the day.   You are understanding that these ideas – Gifts of the Holy Spirit – are Your key to freedom from the hell in which You are.  Even if You aren’t suffering, Your Brothers and Your Sisters are; most of the current seven billion just in this dream.  I know You want to help to set them free.

This Course aims not so much to heal specific instances in the dream, although it does.  Its goal is total freedom by healing the entire dream.

One is enough. – The “One” refers to just one of the ideas, yet is has a double meaning.  For if just One of You would be 100 percent faithful, that would be sufficient. For One of You – with Me – make the Two who will undo the dream.  One is sufficient, more is efficient. – But for that one, there must be no exceptions made.  –  Once again We have a dual meaning and opportunity.  And so we need to use them all and let them blend as one, as each contributes to the whole we learn.  And yet, remember: One more is enough.

3 These practice sessions, like our last review, are centered round a central theme with which we start and end each lesson. It is this:

4 I am not a body. I am free.
For I am still as God created me.

Your statement of freedom.  Your passport to Heaven.  The Truth is most magnificent.

5 The day begins and ends with this. And we repeat it every time the hour strikes or we remember in between we have a function that transcends the world we see. Beyond this and a repetition of the special thought we practice for the day, no form of exercise is urged except a deep relinquishment of everything that clutters up the mind and makes it deaf to reason, sanity, and simple truth.  Your faithfulness in this appointed and important task brings great joy to Heaven, as well as My deep appreciation.

6 We will attempt to get beyond all words and special forms of practicing for this review. For we attempt this time to reach a quickened pace along a shorter path to the serenity and peace of God. We merely close our eyes and then forget all that we thought we knew and understood. For thus is freedom given us from all we did not know and failed to understand.  Now You do know and understand the meaning of My words to Nicodemus: “Ye must be born again”.1

7 There is but one exception to this lack of structuring. Permit no idle thought to go unchallenged. If you notice one, deny its hold and hasten to assure your mind that this is not what it would have. Then gently let the thought which you denied be given up in sure and quick exchange for the idea you practice for the day.  And thus do You replace error with Truth.

8 When you are tempted, hasten to proclaim your freedom from temptation as you say:

9 This thought I do not want. I choose instead….

10 And then repeat the idea for the day, and let it take the place of what you thought. Beyond such special applications of each day’s idea, we will add but a few formal expressions or specific thoughts to aid your practicing. Instead we give these times of quiet to the Teacher Who instructs in quiet, speaks of peace, and gives our thoughts whatever meaning they may have.

11 To Him I offer this review for you. I place you in His charge and let Him teach you what to do and say and think each time you turn to Him.  – Through this practice does Your Reality as the Holy Spirit become clearer and clearer to You. – He will not fail to be available to you each time you call to Him to help you. – For closer is He to You than breathing.2Let us offer Him the whole review we now begin, and let us also not forget to Whom it has been given as we practice day by day, advancing toward the goal He set for us, allowing Him to teach us how to go, and trusting Him completely for the way each practice period can best become a loving gift of freedom to the world.  As I have said before, Love does bless both Giver and Giftee.

 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Gospel of John, chapter 3.

2 Tennyson, The Higher Pantheism

 

L e s s o n  201

I am not a body. I am free.

A wondrous holy thing for Me to be.

For I am still as God created me. What could change what God has done, is doing? We are so lovely!

[181] I trust my brothers, who are one with me. This is a new way for Us to see each Other. Black, white, yellow, red, We are Brothers. We don’t mistrust someOne for the colour of their hair, so what’s up with skin? For despite Our colour, We All are Brother.

1 No one but is my brother. I don’t need to choose! I am blessed
with oneness with the universe and God,
my Father, One Creator of the whole
that is my Self, forever one with me.
For You, each Other, is Holy Part of Me, and I of Thee.

 

*~*~*~*~* 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 200 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON TWO HUNDRED


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  200

There is no peace except the peace of God.

For God is Love, and only Love brings peace. And peace is joyous! Ego knows not Love and is disruption, quite opposed to peace. Shift to Love and peace is ever-present.

1 Seek you no further.  No point in looking for what is not there. You will not find peace except the peace of God. It’s the only Peace; there is no other. So You won’t find it if You look elsewhere. Accept this fact, and save yourself the agony of yet more bitter disappointments, bleak despair, and sense of icy hopelessness and doubt. Seek you no further. There is nothing else for you to find except the peace of God, unless you seek for misery and pain, which is quite insane.

2 This is the final point to which each one must come at last, to lay aside all hope of finding happiness where there is none, of being saved by what can only hurt, of making peace of chaos, joy of pain and Heaven out of hell. Save Yourself the grief! Just go straight to God. Attempt no more to win through losing nor to die to live. You cannot but be asking for defeat. For it is in Living that You find Eternal Love and Life.

3 Yet you can ask as easily for love, for happiness, and for eternal life in peace that has no ending. What could be better? And they all are available just for the asking! Amazing! Ask for this, and you can only win. To ask for what you have already must succeed. To ask that what is false be true can only fail. Forgive yourself for vain imaginings, and seek no longer what you cannot find. Yet this is the way the ego does direct You constantly. It has o wisdom; none whatsoever! For what could be more foolish than to seek and seek and seek again for hell, when you have but to look with open eyes to find that Heaven lies before you, through a door that opens easily to welcome you? For Heaven has been waiting expectantly for Your return. Don’t disappoint Us, and don’t cheat Yourself of great happiness. Why would You do so by listening to the foolish ego, when God Herself is calling You to Home?

4 Come home. Delay no longer. Heaven awaits You now, without dying! You have not found your happiness in foreign places – i.e. in the worlds – and in alien forms – of matter bodies – which have no meaning to you, though you sought to make them meaningful. (You invented them, then deliberately forgot You did so that You could pretend that they were real. You convinced Yourself. And yet You could not make them really real. You still can’t do it.) This world is not where you belong. You are a stranger here. But it is given you to find the means whereby the world no longer seems to be a prison house for you or anyone. We have called this the happy dream; the step before Your return to God, to Heaven.

5 Freedom is given you where you beheld but chains and iron doors. Your mind is being freed from ego dreams. Then You step into the happy dream, then return to Heaven. For you must change your mind about the purpose of the world if you would find escape. It is not a place to stay in dreams, but to begin to waken through the door of Love that We have called forgiveness. For what addicts You here are Your many grudges. You will be bound till all the world is seen by you as blessed and everyone made free of your mistakes and honored as he is. You made him not; no more yourself. For this perception is not real, but simply narrowed vision. And as you free the one, the other is accepted as he is. Which means that You can go Home together.

6 What does forgiveness do? In truth it has no function and does nothing, for it is unknown in Heaven, where it would be simply incomprehensible to God’s Son. It is only hell where it is needed and where it must serve a mighty function. For hell is the awful home of grudges. Just endless grudges! Is not the escape of God’s beloved Son from evil dreams that he imagines, yet believes are true, a worthy purpose? Would You not be freed? Who could hope for more while there appears to be a choice to make between success and failure, love and fear? Such a strange idea, of opposites, What could oppose God’s great magnificence! It is everything!

Nonetheless, the dream is quite convincing. You believe in it, and want Your satisfaction, also known as retribution. Enters forgiveness with a different plan: free the prisoners who have provoked Your ire. Let them go; i.e. forgive them.

“This is insane!” screams the ego. “They must suffer for their sins against Me! They cannot get off scot free!” The ego simply cannot – will not –  comprehend forgiveness.

7 There is no peace except the peace of God because He has one Son, who cannot make a world in opposition to God’s Will and to his own, which is the same as His. What could he hope to find in such a world? It cannot have reality because it never was created. It must be a dream! Yet how does He awaken from the dream? He knows not how, so looks for pleasure in it, where it cannot possibly be found. Is it here that he would seek for peace? Or must he see that, as he looks on it, the world can but deceive? Yet can he learn to look on it another way and find the peace of God. It is this way that We are learning here.

8 Peace is the bridge that everyone will cross to leave this world behind. But peace begins within the world perceived as different and leading from this fresh perception to the gate of Heaven and the way beyond. We must learn to see things differently right where We are dreaming. Peace is the answer to conflicting goals, to senseless journeys, frantic, vain pursuits, and meaningless endeavors. What will bring peace but Your forgiveness of what never was and what never could be. Now the way is easy, sloping gently toward the bridge where freedom lies within the peace of God.

9 Let us not lose our way again today. We go to Heaven, and the path is straight. Only if we attempt to wander can there be delay and needless wasted time on thorny byways. Let’s make sure to forget all Our grudges. God alone is sure, and He will guide our footsteps. He will not desert His Son in need, nor let him stray forever from his home. The Father calls; the Son will hear, and surely answer. And that is all there is to what appears to be a world apart from God where bodies have reality. Our stories are now seen to be only silly dreams, not real.

10 Now is there silence. Seek no further. You have come to where the road is carpeted with leaves of false desires, fallen from the trees of hopelessness you sought before. Now are they underfoot. Forget the past for it was but a dream, more like a nightmare. And you look up and on toward Heaven, with the body’s eyes but serving for an instant longer now. Peace is already recognized at last, and you can feel its soft embrace surround your heart and mind with comfort and with love. And You remember there is only Love.

11 Today we seek no idols. Peace can not be found in them. The peace of God is ours, and only this will we accept and want. Peace be to us today. Not just those words, but the joyous feeling. For we have found a simple, happy way to leave the world of ambiguity and to replace our shifting goals and solitary dreams with single purpose and companionship. For peace is union if it be of God, the One Source of peace. We seek no further. We are close to home and draw still nearer every time we say:

12 There is no peace except the peace of God,
And I am glad and thankful it is so.
And it becomes My glad experience.

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 199 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-NINE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  199

I am not a body. I am free.

This is true for You as well as for Me. Consciousness We are, and We can always change Our minds to make needed correction.

So if We feel trapped or stressed in any way, a change of mind alleviates it, if We are willing.

Willingness always is the key to change. (Even a little bit if that is all that You can muster. For a little bit of willingness can work a miracle. In fact, a little bit of willingness is a miracle!)

1 Freedom must be impossible as long as you perceive a body as yourself. For bodies state that You are but a human. Therefore, You are not the Son of God. The body is a limit. Who would seek for freedom in a body looks for it where it can not be found. The body is, indeed, heavy baggage. The mind can be made free when it no longer sees itself as in a body, firmly tied to it and sheltered by its presence. Mind is not – cannot be – in anything! All things are in Mind! If this were the truth, the mind were vulnerable indeed! A little thing, it’s at the mercy of a body that ostensibly can die.

That is quite a giant misperception, yet it is the foundation of the dream.

2 The mind that serves the Holy Spirit is unlimited forever, – Be-ing Infinite – in all ways, beyond the laws of time and space, unbound by any preconceptions, and with strength and power to do whatever it is asked. This mind is always free, never at the mercy of the ego (which is merciless). Attack thoughts cannot enter such a mind because it has been given to the Source of Love. It’s kind and gentle. And fear can never enter in a mind that has attached itself to Love. For Love is safety. It rests in God, and who can be afraid who lives in Innocence and only loves? Can You imagine?

3 It is essential for your progress in this course that you accept today’s idea and hold it very dear. For to be Consciousness instead of body is quite priceless, and very precious. Be not concerned that to the ego it is quite insane. In actuality the ego does pers­­onify deepest­­­­ insanity! The ego holds the body dear because it dwells in it and lives united with the home that it has made. Forthe seeming body is the ego’s only claim to fame. It is a part of the illusion that has sheltered it from being found illusory itself. You know, bodies seem so very, very solid; yet Reality is Spirit!

4 Here does it hide, and here it can be seen as what it is. Body lies, for it insists it is You. Declare your innocence, and you are free. Free to be aware that You are Spirit. The body disappears because you have no need of it except the need the Holy Spirit sees. For this, the body will appear as useful form for what the mind must do. Show Love’s forgiveness to sleeping Brothers. It thus becomes a vehicle which helps forgiveness be extended to the all-inclusive goal that it must reach according to God’s plan. All must forgive and be here for giving.

That’s very simple. You see Awakening is not a complicated process.

5 Cherish today’s idea, – that You’re consciousness – and practice it today and every day. How free You can be, unhampered by a dense sense of body. Make it a part of every practice period you take. Even if You don’t quite understand it. There is no thought that will not gain thereby in power to help the world, and none which will not gain in added gifts to you as well. I speak here of a Life of freedom, unhampered by Your dense sense of Your body. We sound the call of freedom round the world with this idea. (Novel as it seems.) And would you be exempt from the acceptance of the gifts you give? That’s quite impossible, for to give it You must have it first. You’re gifted by Your willingness to give.

6 The Holy Spirit is the home of minds that seek for freedom. The Holy Spirit is true Consciousness. In Him they find what they have sought. Everlasting Love, happiness and peace. The body’s purpose now is unambiguous. And it becomes perfect in the ability to serve an undivided goal. In conflict-free and unequivocal response to mind with but the thought of freedom as its goal, the body serves, and serves its purpose well. Be-ing a visible and tangible example of Love to every Other. Without the power to enslave, it is a worthy servant of the freedom which the mind within the Holy Spirit seeks. Bringing the good news: i.e. the Gospel!

7 Be free today, and carry freedom as your gift to those who still believe they are enslaved within a body, when, actually, body can but exist in mind alone. Mind is All there is. Be you free, so that the Holy Spirit can make use of your escape from bondage to set free the many who perceive themselves as bound and helpless and afraid. Let love replace their fears through you. Allow Yourself to be their example! Accept salvation now, and give your mind to Him Who calls to you to make this gift to Him. For He would give you perfect freedom, perfect joy, and hope that finds its full accomplishment in God. And You will share this freedom, joy, and hope with all Your Brothers.

There is no better gift for these Brothers.

8 You are God’s Son. In immortality you live forever. Would you not return your mind to this? Someone now must understand and live this joyously, so that everyOne can see. Then practice well the thought the Holy Spirit gives you for today. Your brothers stand released with you in it; the world is blessed along with you; God’s Son will weep no more, and Heaven offers thanks for the increase of joy your practice brings even to it. And God Himself extends His Love and happiness each time you say:

9 I am not a body. I am free.
I hear the Voice that God has given me,
– belovèd Guidance –
And it is only this my mind obeys. (With the greatest joy!)

 
 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 198 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-EIGHT


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  198

Only my condemnation injures me.

In other words: only My thinking is the culprit. No matter what You think of Me, You can’t harm Me. But what I’m thinking of You can cause Me some major problems. That’s pretty scary. I’d best watch my thoughts!

1 Injury is impossible. And yet illusion makes illusion. If you can condemn, you can be injured. Because it’s all going on in Your mind – i.e. Your experience – then what You believe can harm You. For you have believed that you can injure, and the right you have established for yourself can be now used against You – since You believe it! – till you lay it down as valueless, unwanted, and unreal. Then does illusion cease to have effects, and all it seemed to have will be undone. Then are you free, for freedom is your gift, and you can now receive the gift you gave. Imagine the results if You believe that You only can give Love! Wow! Then that’s all that can affect You.­­ That’s powerful!

2 Condemn and you are made a prisoner. Forgive and you are freed. So let another rave all They will. Do not respond, and You are free. (Yes, like Your experience with Bobbie! That’s why You were not bothered by her words.1 Now You understand!) Such is the law that rules perception. In other words,  this law applies to dreams, not Reality, which knows not of any condemnation. It is not a law that knowledge understands, for freedom is a part of knowledge. To condemn is thus impossible in truth. For Love is Truth and would not dream of condemning anyOne. What seems to be its influence and its effects have not occurred at all. But have been a dream; albeit You believed it, although it wasn’t ever true. Yet must we deal with them a while as if they had. (And that is: only if You believe them!) Illusion makes illusion. Except one. Forgiveness is illusion that is answer to the rest. For it negates them all, saying that You forgive for it never really happened.

3 Forgiveness sweeps all other dreams away, (not under the rug!) and though it is itself a dream, it breeds no others. For it does stop all that it does forgive. All illusions save this one must multiply a thousand fold. But this is where illusions end. With Your forgiveness. Forgiveness is the end of dreams because it is a dream of waking. It negates the dream, forgiving what never really happened. It is not itself the truth. Yet does it point to where the truth must be and gives direction with the certainty of God Himself. It leads You to a glad Awakening. It is a dream in which the Son of God awakens to his Self and to his Father, knowing They are one. And You will remember what this means and how it feels. Yes, like the time You somehow knew the loving Voice You heard speak was Yours. (The transcriber heard a loving Voice directing Her that She knew was somehow Hers. The experience was quite brief, but clear.)

4 Forgiveness is the only road that leads out of disaster, past all suffering, and finally away from death. How could there be another way, when this one is the plan of God Himself? And it’s so opposed to ego beliefs! And why would you oppose it, quarrel with it, seek to find a thousand ways in which it must be wrong, a thousand other possibilities? Because it does decimate the ego.

5 Is it not wiser to be glad you hold the answer to your problems in your hand? You’re not a victim! Is it not more intelligent to thank the One Who gives salvation, and accept His gift with gratitude? Instead of grumbling that You can’t forgive. They don’t deserve it! And is it not a kindness to yourself to hear His Voice and learn the simple lessons He would teach, instead of trying to dismiss His Words and substitute your own in place of His? Why not embrace them? For they will heal You.

6 His Words will work. His Words will save. His words are gorgeous! His Words contain all hope, all blessing and all joy that ever can be found upon this earth. His Words are born in God, and come to you with Heaven’s love upon them. Won’t You accept it! Those who hear His Words have heard the song of Heaven, – God’s Love Song given graciously to them – for these are the words which all will merge as one at last. And as this one will fade away, the Word of God will come to take its place, for it will be remembered then and loved. Does not an ancient memory make You long as You read this?

7 This world has many seeming separate haunts where mercy has no meaning and attack appears as justified. (Showing that this world is quite unreal if You understood this.) Yet all are one-a place where death is offered to God’s Son and to his Father. (Quite preposterous!) You may think They have accepted, but if you will look again upon the place where you beheld Their blood, you will perceive a miracle instead. It stands there awaiting Your acceptance.

8 How foolish to believe that They could die! How foolish to believe you can attack! How mad to think that you could be condemned and that the holy Son of God can die! How idiotic and insane the dream! The stillness of your Self remains unmoved, untouched by thoughts like these, and unaware of any condemnation which could need forgiveness. Needless to say, Self always is at peace and always present. Dreams of any kind are strange and alien to the truth. Yet what but Truth could have a Thought which builds a bridge to truth which brings illusions to the other side? Reality must always be triumphant over error! For It is Real, while error cannot be. That fact is the truth that leads You to Truth.

9 Today we practice letting freedom come to make its home with you. What a great promise! The truth bestows these words upon your mind that you may find the key to light and let the darkness end:

10 Only my condemnation injures me.
Only my own forgiveness sets me free.
So I will not condemn; I will forgive!

11 Do not forget today that there can be no form of suffering that fails to hide an unforgiving thought. This is really true! Nor can there be a form of pain forgiveness cannot heal. Then that’s obvious. So forgiveness then must be the only healer of disease. How interesting.

12 Accept the one illusion which proclaims there is no condemnation in God’s Son, – illusion because it has seen error, and yet negates it – and Heaven is remembered instantly; the world forgotten, all its weird beliefs forgotten with it, as the face of Christ appears unveiled at last in this one dream. Through this experience You learn to see Your Brother holy. This is the gift the Holy Spirit holds for you from God your Father. Let today be celebrated both on earth and in your holy home as well. Be kind to both, as you forgive the trespasses you thought them guilty of, and see your innocence shining upon you from the face of Christ. First forgive Yourself, then All Your Others.

13 Now is there silence all around the world. Now is there stillness where before there was a frantic rush of thoughts that made no sense. It feels like Christmas Eve, as Christ is reborn today as You. Now is there tranquil light across the face of earth, made quiet in a dreamless sleep. And now the Word of God alone remains upon it. Only that can be perceived an instant longer. Then are symbols done and everything you ever thought you made completely vanished from the mind which God forever knows to be His only Son, and His only One.

14 There is no condemnation in him. He is perfect in his holiness. See how exquisite! He needs no thoughts of mercy. Who could give him gifts when everything is his? This is True for You. And who could dream of offering forgiveness to the Son of Sinlessness Itself, so like to Him Whose Son he is, that to behold the Son is to perceive no more and only know the Father? This, Your Purity! In this vision of the Son, so brief that not an instant stands between this single sight and timelessness itself, you see the vision of yourself and then you disappear forever into God. (Rather than the dream; for in God You find Your Self again; this time now, forever.)

15 Today we come still nearer to the end of everything that yet would stand between this vision and our sight of Reality. And we are glad that we have come this far and recognize that He Who brought us here will not forsake us now. Nor has He ever! For He would give to us the gift that God has given us through Him today. Now is the time of your deliverance. The time has come. The time has come today. You will accept it with the greatest joy!

 
 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 197 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-SEVEN


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  197

It can be but my gratitude I earn.

This, therefore, is an exercise in love Yourself as much as You Love Your Neighbour! It’s an equal part of My gospel: the equality of really Loving All.

1 Here is the second step we take to free your mind from the belief in outside force pitted against your own. This gives You great responsibility as well as power. You make attempts at kindness and forgiveness. Yet you turn them to attack again unless you find external gratitude and lavish thanks. For it is simply tit for tat in Your mind; one hand washes another; if not, You can forget it! Your gifts must be received with honor, lest they be withdrawn. How selfish are You. You see everything and everyOne – including God – that way. And so you think God’s gifts are loans at best; at worst, deceptions which would cheat you of defenses to ensure that when He strikes He will not fail to kill. How insane the way the ego reasons, sure that it is right.

2 How easily are God and guilt confused by those who know not what their thoughts can do. Your so-called ‘mind’ – i.e. the ego – has become ‘god’ to You. Deny your strength, and weakness must become salvation to you. Just as You deny God and elevate the ego to His position. See yourself as bound, and bars become your home. It’s all in Your mind. Nor will you leave the prison house or claim your strength until guilt and salvation are not seen as one and freedom and salvation are perceived as joined, with strength beside them, to be sought and claimed and found and fully recognized.  Here is the short form: Want to be happy? Shut up the ego and attend to God.

3 The world must thank you when you offer it release from your illusions. Yet your thanks belong to you as well, for its release can only mirror yours. Your gratitude is all your gifts require that they be a lasting offering of a thankful heart released from hell forever. The heart that follows God is so grateful, so joyful, humble. Is it this you would undo by taking back your gifts because they were not honored? It is you who honor them and give them fitting thanks, for it is you who have received the gifts.  Choice is always Yours. What to be happy? Sister, choose again. Brother, choose again.

4 It does not matter if another thinks your gifts unworthy. For Love is forever in the giving. In his mind there is a part that joins with yours in thanking you. It does not matter if your gifts seem lost and ineffectual. They are received where they are given. In your gratitude are they accepted universally and thankfully acknowledged by the Heart of God Himself. And would you take them back when He has gratefully accepted them? In other words, all things You think You give an Other, are but really gifts to God.

5 God blesses every gift you give to Him and every gift is given Him because it can be given only to yourself, and what belongs to God must be His own. You are One with God. Think: Ray One with Sun. Yet you will never realize His gifts are sure, eternal, changeless, limitless, forever giving out, extending love, and adding to your never-ending joy, while you forgive but to attack again. Hatred blocks out Love, cocooning You in misery and pain.

Why not rather change and learn Love instead?

6 Withdraw the gifts you give, and you will think that what is given you has been withdrawn. What You get is quite simply what You give. But learn to let forgiveness take away the sins you think you see outside yourself, and you can never think the gifts of God are lent but for a little while before He snatches them away again in death. Your thoughts govern You. For death will have no meaning for you then. Instead of death, forgiveness gifts You Life!

7 And with the end of this belief is fear forever over. For Love is fearless. Thank your Self for this, for He is grateful only unto God, and He gives thanks for you unto Himself. Your Self is clearly an important – a holy – Part of God. To everyone who lives will Christ yet come, for everyone must live and breathe in Him. For Christ is Self, is Your Reality. His Being in His Father is secure because Their Will is one. Like the Rays and Sun. Their gratitude to all They have created has no end, for gratitude remains a part of love. Be-ing Awake is but Be-ing grateful.

8 Thanks be to you, the holy Son of God, for as you were created you contain all things within your Self. The fullness of this normal experience of You cannot be expressed in words. For it must be lived. And you are still as God created you. Truth is eternal. Nor can you dim the light of your perfection. In your heart, the Heart of God is laid. He holds you dear because you are Himself. All gratitude belongs to you because of what you are. For Reality is how God knows You.

9 Give thanks as you receive it. Be you free of all ingratitude to anyone who makes your Self complete. Including those who seem to be the opposite. And from this Self is no one left outside. For Our one holy Self includes all Others. Give thanks for all the countless channels which extend this Self. All that you do is given unto Him. All that you think can only be His Thoughts, sharing with Him the holy Thoughts of God. Return Your mind to Him, and S/He will happily transform it. Earn now the gratitude you have denied yourself when you forgot the function God has given you. Consider Yourself to be reminded! But never think that He has ever ceased to offer thanks to you. His sweet Love for You passes all possible understanding!

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 196 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-SIX


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  196

It can be but myself I crucify.

Although You think experiences are taking place ‘out there’, they aren’t. For everything is only going on in mind. When that becomes Reality for You, You will be Awake. It would be good for it to be this year, if You are willing.

1 When this is firmly understood and kept in full awareness, you will not attempt to harm yourself nor make your body slave to vengeance. None of this need be at all when You move from body’s lack of consciousness to mind. You will not attack yourself, and you will realize that to attack another is but to attack yourself. Pure insanity! You will be free of the insane belief that to attack a brother saves yourself.  In practicality, take responsibility for the world You see, and then simply change Your mind. And you will understand his safety is your own, and in his healing you are healed. For the ‘world’ does include all Your Others. How can You ignore them and be healed all by Yourself? This just is not possible, so why attempt it?

Let Your Love flow out to All Your Others. For They are not really ‘Other’ or even ‘Brother’, for every One is an intrinsic Part of You.

Here is a good place for Me to explain one of My most misunderstood statements that was recorded two thousand years ago: that “if Your right hand offend You, cut it off.” (Matthew 5:30) I was not suggesting to mutilate Your body, for the body does the deed on the direction of the mind.

Therefore, My meaning is: if on the right hand (one side), Your thought is offensive, cut if off before it becomes an action to wound Your Brother.  There is but no action without the thought that does precede it.

Be responsible for what You think: the only “devil” that “made You do it” is ego running You! You do think as Love or as the ego. Catch those offhand thoughts and do correct them!

2 Perhaps at first you will not understand how mercy, – another word for God’s lovingkindness – limitless and with all things held in its sure protection, can be found in the idea we practice for today. It may in fact appear to be a sign that punishment can never be escaped because the ego, under what it sees as threat, is quick to cite the truth to save its lies. is but a gentle caution for You. Yet must it fail to understand the truth it uses thus. It is but a gentle caution for You. The ego would choose to but deliberately misunderstand it for its ends. Yet You can thwart it, even though it can be quite convincing and seem to fool You! But you can learn to see these foolish applications and deny the meaning they appear to have. This is why You have the Holy Spirit.

3 Thus do you also teach your mind that you are not an ego. You are a Right Mind! For the ways in which the ego would distort the truth will not deceive you longer, as You now choose to wake up to its wicked machinations. You will not believe you are a body to be crucified. You now begin to realize You’re mind instead of body. (It’s just that simple!) And you will see within today’s idea the light of resurrection, looking past all thoughts of cru­­cifixion and of death – suggestions coming from none other than the dratted ego! – to thoughts of liberation and of life. (Coming from Your loving Father-Mother, heard by Your Right Mind: the Holy Spirit.)

4 Today’s idea is one step we take in leading us from bondage to the state of perfect freedom. It’s a joyous leap from the ego’s slavery to freedom! Let us take this step today –even right away! – that we may quickly go the way salvation shows us, taking every step in its appointed sequence as the mind relinquishes its burdens one by one. It’s very simple! Stop all criticism of Your Others. It is not time we need for this. It is but willingness. Simply change Your mind about how You think. Time is not involved. For what would seem to need a thousand years can easily be done in just one instant by the grace of God. And what brings God great grace but Your willingness to receive it!

As Your Elder Brother who has lived this experience, You know I speak the Truth; thus You can trust Me just as I trust You to be receptive.

5 The dreary, hopeless thought that you can make attacks on others and escape yourself – so appealing to the ego, the only crucifier – has nailed you to the cross. Perhaps it seemed to be salvation. (Takes the heat of You!) Yet it merely stood for the belief the fear of God is real. And what is that but hell? Let that sink in now. Who could believe his Father is his deadly enemy, separate from him and waiting to destroy his life and blot him from the universe, without the fear of hell upon his heart? Who could believe their Father-Mother would kill them any time, including so-called ‘old age’, another ego invention. God’s Ideas don’t ‘age’, but are Eternal. That’s including You!

6 Such is the form of madness you believe if you accept the fearful thought you can attack another and be free yourself. How preposterous! For We All are One. Until this form is changed, there is no hope. Until you see that this, at least, must be entirely impossible, – for You are intimately bound up as One with Your Brother – how could there be escape? The fear of God is real to anyone who thinks this thought is true. And he will not perceive its foolishness nor even see that it is there so that it would be possible to question it. You are not separate from Your Others, although You think so. Remember: thinking doesn’t make it so!

7 To question it at all, its form must first be changed at least as much as will permit fear of retaliation to abate and the responsibility returned to some extent to you. God would always have You be in harmony, which means: Love be! From there you can at least consider if you want to go along this painful path. Love does bring freedom from this agony. Until this shift has been accomplished, you cannot perceive that it is but your thoughts that bring you fear and your deliverance depends on you. Remember what I say: that You can always change Your thinking!

It is that simple!

8 Our next steps will be easy if you take this one today. All I need is Your willingness to change. I mean there is another way to see Your Brother, to look at All Your Others. From there we go ahead quite rapidly. Why wouldn’t We make the choice to be free! For once you understand it is impossible that you be hurt except by your own thoughts, the fear of God must disappear. (For You are quite aware that You can always change Your thinking!) This brings true freedom. You do not now believe that fear is caused without. You generate it, which means You can stop! And God, Whom you had thought to banish, can be welcomed back within the holy mind He never left. Instead let Us – together – banish the interloper that I’ve called the ego. It’s really nothing, yet it has controlled You now for eons! Let’s be rid of it!

9 Salvation’s song – sweeter than honey from the honeycomb – can certainly be heard in the idea we practice for today. If it can but be you you crucify, you did not hurt the world and need not fear its vengeance and pursuit. You have not really changed, nor harmed, one bit of Reality, not one iota! Nor need you hide in terror from the deadly fear of God projection hides behind. The thing you dread the most is your salvation. No, not all of You, yet do most of You. The desire to continue dreaming is quite compelling. You are strong, and it is strength you want. And you are free and glad of freedom, in Reality. The dream is but a different story. You have sought to be both weak and bound because you feared your strength and freedom.  Why? Because they mean that You can waken.So ego fears them. Yet salvation lies in them. And thus nothing else can make You happy.

10 There is an instant in which terror seems to grip your mind so wholly that escape appears quite hopeless. When you realize once and for all that it is you you fear, the mind perceives itself as split. And You feel confused. And this had been concealed while you believed attack could be directed outward and returned from outside to within. It seemed to be an enemy outside you had to fear, rather than Yourself. And thus a god outside yourself became your mortal enemy—the source of fear. This is preposterous, for All is Spirit; and Spirit has no without/within! Such concepts are non-existent to Reality where All is One stupendous whole.

And I really mean stupendous and whole.

11 Now for an instant is a murderer perceived within you, eager for your death, intent on plotting punishment for you until the time when it can kill at last. We’ve called it ego, always screaming: i am! i am! Horrid little thing due for extermination. Yet in this instant is the time as well in which salvation comes. You’re not an ego! For fear of God has disappeared. His Love is so clear, what is there to fear. And you can call on Him to save you from illusions in His Love, calling Him Father and yourself His Son. Pray that the instant may be soon—today. Why dally longer? Step back from fear and make advance to love. Now is but the time to claim Your freedom.

12 There is no Thought of God that does not go with you – not for a moment are You left alone or bereft of aid – to help you reach that instant and to go beyond it quickly, surely, and forever. When the fear of God is gone, there are no obstacles that still remain between you and the holy peace of God. How kind and merciful is the idea we practice! How sure, how steady; and so consistent. Give it welcome, as you should, for it is your release. It is indeed but you your mind can try to crucify. Christ has already transformed the cross into a Christmas tree full with Lights of Love and wondrous promise. Yet your redemption, too, will come from you. For Who is Christ but You. (This is a statement, and not a question!)

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 195 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-FIVE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  195

Love is the way I walk in gratitude.

It is the only road, in midst of hell, that leads to Heaven. Why take anger, which leads You to nowhere but deep misery? Love gladly frees You.

1 Gratitude is a lesson hard to learn for those who look upon the world amiss. The most that they can do is see themselves as better off than others. And they try to be content because another seems to suffer more than they. You know the saying: “There but for the grace of God go I.” Yet does God not give grace to everyOne, or just to favorites? How pitiful and deprecating are such thoughts! For who has cause for thanks while others have less cause, and who could suffer less because he sees another suffer more? This is typical of how ego thinks. Your gratitude is due to Him alone Who made all cause of sorrow disappear throughout the world. Everywhere, for God has no favorites. Each One is special.

2 It is insane to offer thanks because of suffering. God needs no martyrs. Don’t see Me as one. But it is equally insane to fail in gratitude to One Who offers you the certain means whereby all pain is healed and suffering replaced with laughter and with happiness. Gratitude means that You see God as the Source of all Your Good. And that is correct! Nor could the even partly sane refuse to take the steps which He directs and follow in the way He sets before them to escape a prison that they thought contained no door to the deliverance they now perceive. Would You not be free, or have You become attached to prison? That’s insanity: hallmark of the dream.

3 Your brother is your “enemy” because you see in him the rival for your peace, – for there seems to be so little of it – a plunderer who takes his joy from you and leaves you nothing but a black despair so bitter and relentless that there is no hope remaining. Yet all of this is a misperception. Now is vengeance all there is to wish for. What great insanity it brings to You. Now can you but try to bring him down to lie in death with you, as useless as yourself, as little left within his grasping fingers as in yours. God’s answer is Love. There is no other.

4 You do not offer God your gratitude because your brother is more slave than you, nor could you sanely be enraged if he seems freer. For Your happiness You look straight to God, not to the condition of Your Brother. Love makes no comparisons. It’s Gifts are equal. Love meets all needs, transforming them to Its Own great abundance. And gratitude can only be sincere if it is joined to love. We offer thanks to God our Father that in us all things will find their freedom. As We re-learn and We remember Love. It will never be that some are loosed while others still are bound, for who can bargain in the name of love? All receive freedom!

5 Therefore give thanks, but in sincerity. To be truly grateful is happiness. And let your gratitude make room for all who will escape with you—the sick, the weak, the needy and afraid, and those who mourn a seeming loss or feel apparent pain, who suffer cold or hunger, or who walk the way of hatred and the path of death. All these go with you. Let us not compare ourselves with them, for thus we split them off in our awareness from the unity we share with them, as they must share with us. Look past their story to their real nature, which – like Yours – is Love.

6 We thank our Father for one thing alone—that we are separate from no living thing and therefore one with Him. Thus are We complete. No fragmentation. And we rejoice that no exceptions ever can be made which would reduce our wholeness nor impair or change our function to complete the One Who is Himself completion. A function We share with All Our Others. We give thanks for every living thing, for otherwise we offer thanks for nothing and we fail to recognize the gifts of God to us. Yes even for rats and havelinas, for We see them but through the lens of dreams.

7 Then let our brothers lean their tired heads against our shoulders – like loving children – as they rest a while. Let Us remember that We All are One, separate as We seem to be, We’re not. We offer thanks for them. For if we can direct them to the peace that we would find, the way is opening at last to us. For it is in giving We receive. St. Francis is correct. An ancient door is swinging free again; ending the separation that We made between Ourselves and God and each Other; a long forgotten Word re-echoes in our memory and gathers clarity as we are willing once again to hear. The Word is but Love, which is Unity. Love All-inclusive is Reality. Is not this the healing of the discord of the world today? You know it must be. Love has always been the one solution.

8 Walk then in gratitude, the way of love. Grateful for Brothers, no matter what their colour or their creed. For hatred is forgotten when we lay comparisons aside. What more remains as obstacles to peace? The bottom line: You do Love Your Others. The fear of God is now undone at last, – when We Love universally, We are in harmony as He would have Us be – and we forgive without comparing. Thus we cannot choose to overlook some things and yet retain some other things still locked away as sins. When your forgiveness is complete, you will have total gratitude, for you will see that everything has earned the right to love by being loving, even as your Self. To do this it is helpful to remember Werner Erhard’s words: “Sometimes the best Someone can do to say ‘I Love You’ is to say ‘I hate You.’ ” How hard it must be to be He. See how much He needs Your Love.

9 Today we learn to think of gratitude in place of anger, malice, and revenge. How do We have it? By Our willingness. We have been given everything. How do We see it? By Our willingness. If we refuse to recognize it, – We must be willing to change angry minds – we are not entitled therefore to our bitterness and to a self-perception which regards us in a place of merciless pursuit where we are badgered ceaselessly and pushed about without a thought or care for us or for our future. Let Us take on faith that God is Love and be grateful. We won’tbe disappointed. Gratitude becomes the single thought we substitute for these insane perceptions. God has cared for us and calls us Son. Can there be more than this? Trust, and You will have the experience.

10 Our gratitude will pave the way to Him and shorten our learning time by more than you could ever dream of. A grateful heart is a lovely garden (and a healthy heart). Gratitude goes hand in hand with love, and where one is, the other must be found. For gratitude is but an aspect of the love which is the Source of all creation. The Love which is God. God gives thanks to you, His Son, for being what you are—His own completion and the source of love, along with Him. Your gratitude to Him is one with His to you. For love can walk no road except the way of gratitude, and thus we go who walk the way to God. If You would be happy, trust gratefully. It has been truly said that while complaint is poverty, gratitude is riches.

 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 194 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-FOUR


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  194

I place the future in the hands of God.

Well, why wouldn’t I? No place is better! While God is invisible, Be-ing Presence, rather than a Thing, His works are very visible, and so very present!

How relaxing it is to just say: Take over! No more need for Me to control. That’s not My job; it belongs to Our dear Father-Mother God.

1 Today’s idea takes another step toward quick salvation, – doesn’t that sound good! – and a giant stride it is indeed! So great the distance is that it encompasses, it sets you down just short of Heaven, with the goal in sight and obstacles behind. For perfect trust in God is so relieving and relaxing. Your foot has reached the lawns that welcome you to Heaven’s gate, the quiet place of peace where you await with certainty the final step of God. Nothing so near to Heaven can in any way be toxic. It’s Purity is oh so refreshing. Our minds too feel so fresh, made clean and new by Our trust in God. How far are we progressing now from earth toward our real Home in God, which is Heaven. Not a place, but a holy state of Mind; one that is happy! How close are we approaching to our goal! How short the journey still to be pursued! Even the air is fragrant with God’s Love.

2 Accept today’s idea, and you have passed all anxiety, all pits of hell, all blackness of depression, thoughts of sin, and devastation brought about by guilt, and the desire to be in control. Accept today’s idea, and you have released the world from all imprisonment by loosening the heavy chains – control by ego – that locked the door to freedom on it. Now are You under the domain of God’s most Holy Spirit. You are saved, and your salvation thus becomes the gift you give the world because you have received. One Dreamer awakening- or even stirring – thins out the dream dramatically.

3 In no one instant is depression felt or pain experienced or loss perceived. I speak here, and in My statements following, of the Holy Instants of Your Oneness with Our beloved Father-Mother. In no one instant sorrow can be set upon a throne and worshipped faithfully. For Holiness knows naught of ego pain. In no one instant can one even die. And ‘death’ to God – Your Partner in the Holy Instant – is incomprehensible. And so each instant given unto God in passing, with the next one given Him already, is a time of your release from sadness, pain and even death itself. Good news, isn’t it!

4 God holds your future as He holds your past and present. They are one to Him, and so they should be one to you. There is only Now. Yet in this world the temporal progression still seems real. And so you are not asked to understand the lack of sequence really found in time. You are but asked to let the future go and place it in God’s hands. And as Now, feel Peace. And you will see by your experience that you have laid the past and present in His hands as well because the past will punish you no more and future dread will now be meaningless. How sweet the feeling when You say – and You really mean them – these words so sweet as well to God: Take over!

5 Release the future. Worry not of it. God is taking care of each sense of time: past, present, future. For the past is gone, and what is present, – Be-ing here and now – freed from its bequest of grief and misery, of pain and loss, becomes the instant in which time escapes the bondage of illusions where it runs its pitiless, inevitable course. Then is each instant, which was slave to time, transformed into a holy instant when the light that was kept hidden in God’s Son is freed to bless the world. An endless Holy Instant well describes the wonder-filled Joy of Eternity. Gifted to the Son, who need only be to please His Father.  Now is he free, and all his glory shines upon a world made free with him to share his holiness. Can You picture this extreme happiness?

6 If you can see the lesson for today as the deliverance it really is, you will not hesitate to give as much consistent effort as you can to make it be a part of you. Hand to God Your each and every minute! He will return them filled with joy for You. As it becomes a thought which rules your mind, a habit in your problem-solving repertoire, a way of quick reaction to temptation, you extend your learning to the world. And as you learn to see salvation in all things, so will the world perceive that it is saved. Every instant is an opportunity to give to God, Who will return them full with miracles.

7 What worry can beset the one who gives his future to the loving hands of God? There is no other power to contravene His Love for You. What can he suffer? When S/He’s trusting God? What can cause him pain or bring experience of loss to him? This attitude of trust – in and of itself – is uplifting. What can he fear? Trusting Good, S/He now becomes quite fearless. And what can he regard except with love? For he who has escaped all fear of future pain has found his way to present peace and certainty of care the world can never threaten. What can harm You when You’ve put Your trust in the Power of the Universe, and You know this Power Loves You very dearly? He is sure that his perception may be faulty but will never lack correction. For which He’s grateful. He is free to choose again when he has been deceived, to change his mind when he has made mistakes. And still feel guiltless. For those who do forgive are forgiven.

8 Place, then, your future in the hands of God. Could You possibly do any better?  For thus you call the memory of Him to come again, replacing all your thoughts of sin and evil with the truth of love. For all Reality can but be God. Ask for His help for He stands ever-present ready for You. Think you the world could fail to gain thereby and every living creature not respond with healed perception? How can this be? It’s very simple. You know all minds are joined. Who entrusts himself to God has also placed the world within the hands to which he has himself appealed for comfort and security. Your turn to God turns all the world to Him, and We all are healed! He lays aside the sick illusions of the world along with his and offers peace to both. You have turned Your mind wholeheartedly to God, and You are healed.

9 Now are we saved indeed. And We can save the world along with Us, for Our minds are joined. For in God’s hands we rest untroubled, sure that only good can come to us. If we forget, we will be gently reassured. If we accept an unforgiving thought, it will be soon replaced by love’s reflection. And if we are tempted to attack, we will appeal to Him Who guards our rest to make the choice for us that leaves temptation far behind. No longer is the world our enemy, for we have chosen that we be its friends. What does this entail but to look at evil and then look through it to see God behind the illusion.

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 193 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-THREE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  193

All things are lessons God would have me learn.

Preferably now! There is a blessing to be found in each and every lesson. Although many of them are far from fun.

1 God does not know of learning. For Reality is like an open book, already always known, yet continually unforlding and extending, and forever new. Yet His Will extends to what He does not understand in that He wills the happiness His Son inherited of Him be undisturbed, eternal and forever gaining scope, eternally expanding in the joy of full creation, and eternally open and wholly limitless in Him. You understand this. This is His Will. And thus His Will provides the means to guarantee that it is done. Although it must be done in the imaginary dream, in which the Son of God bumbles about, blind as Mr. Magoo without his glasses.1

2 God sees no contradictions. He sees His belovèd Son but through adoring eyes of Love.  So, too, are We to see all Our Others. Yet His Son believes he sees them. The daily news proclaims this loud and clear. Thus he has a need for One Who can correct his erring sight and give him vision that will lead him back to where perception ceases. This is why I came, and this the reason for the Comforter, the Holy Spirit. God does not perceive at all. He knows All as Real. Eyes without Vision have had It returned to them through the Comforter, also known as Holy Spirit. Yet it is He Who gives the means by which perception is made true and beautiful enough to let the light of Heaven shine upon it. For He is Your Source. What He has, You have. It is He Who answers what His Son would contradict and keeps his sinlessness forever safe. He knows You only through Reality, even while You dream.

3God offers no forgiveness, for He knows no sin is possible. His Love sees You but though His perfection. So can You see You and be delighted. And yet He let His holy law of Love be given form in which it could be offered to the world. And He created One Who could perceive what form this law should take, to be received by every mind which had forgotten it as it exists in Heaven and in God. Reminding You of Your Reality, Your Presence as He, Your beauty to see. Thus He encompassed what He could not see nor understand by giving of His Love and making Answer to a question which, though meaningless, His Son had asked of Him. As best You can receive it, God gives You His experience of the Real You. How lovely are You, and how delightful!

4 The One Whom God created to replace the foolish thoughts which crept into the mind of His most holy Son with peace and joy fulfills His function now.  Right now are You available to You, and not manana! He redirects each lesson you would teach in hate to one in which forgiveness enters, and returns the hate to love, so that the fear is gone. For hate and fear are one, and Love does dismiss both of them. And now guilt cannot enter, for its source has been excluded as the purpose of the lesson has been changed to guiltlessness; the hatred has been rooted out by love. The Love You had forgotten is the Reality of You. I’m re-minding You.

5 These are the lessons God would have you learn. (Preferably right now!) His Will reflects them all, and they reflect His loving kindness to the Son He loves. Notice how gentle is His correction; how kind, how loving. Each lesson has a central thought, the same in all of them. The form alone is changed, with different circumstances and events, with different characters and different themes apparent but not real. They are the same in fundamental content. Love underlies them. It is this:

6 Forgive and you will see this differently. This takes place in Love, now available, despite Your anger. That “little willingness” does allow it!

7 Certain it is that all distress does not appear to be but unforgiveness. This includes disease. Yet that is the content underneath the form. In other words, no matter how it seems, somewhere You’re ticked off. It is this sameness which makes learning sure because the lesson is so simple that it cannot be rejected in the end. You need but look for what enrages You, even if it’s something very ‘little’. No one can hide forever from a truth so very obvious that it appears in countless forms and yet is recognized as easily in all of them if one but wants to see the simple lesson there.  The local deity – that’s You! – has been offended. Let ‘justice’ be done so quickly: off with their heads!

8 Forgive and you will see this differently. You will be amazed at Your sudden great capacity for loving tolerance. Where did it come from?

9 These are the words the Holy Spirit speaks in all your tribulations, all your pain, all suffering regardless of its forms. Let it go, and Love. These are the words with which temptation ends and guilt, abandoned, is revered no more. Let it go, and Love instead of raging. These are the words which end the dream of sin and rid the mind of fear. Let it go, and Love instead of hating. These are the words by which salvation comes to all the world, through a lovely mental transformation.

10 Shall we not learn to say these words when we are tempted to believe that pain is real and death becomes our choice instead of life? Would God make Life so? At the mercy of accident and germ and general deterioration? Shall we not learn to say these words when we have understood their power to release all minds from bondage? These are words which give you power over all events which seem to have been given power over you. You see them rightly when you hold these words in full awareness, and do not forget these words apply to everything you see or any brother looks upon amiss. “All things are lessons God would have me learn.” Then all things must hold potential blessings. Seems hard to believe? Then You are underestimating God!

And that is foolish!

11 How can you tell when you are seeing wrong or someone else is failing to perceive the lesson he should learn? Does pain seem real in the perception? Rather than the observer way to see, which lacks all judgment. If it does, be sure the lesson is not learned. And there remains an unforgiveness hiding in the mind which sees the pain through eyes the mind directs. In other words, You’re still stuck in the dream.

12 God would not have you suffer thus. He Knows You awake! He would help you forgive yourself, which will help You to Love all Your Others. His Son does not remember who he is. That’s You with amnesia, of whom I speak. And God would have him – You, belovèd One – not forget His Love and all the gifts His Love brings with it. Would you now renounce your own salvation? Give up happiness? Would you fail to learn the simple lessons Heaven’s Teacher sets before you – for they are gentle; and  kind and simple – that all pain may disappear and God may be remembered by His Son? God Who Loves You so!

13 All things are lessons God would have you learn. He would not leave an unforgiving thought without correction nor one thorn or nail to hurt His sacred Son in any way. You do not realize how very painful is Your thinking, and how much God wills that it be happy. He would ensure his holy rest – speaking here of Yours – remain untroubled and serene, without a care in an eternal home – of Love pure and sweet – which cares for him. And He would have all tears be wiped away with none remaining yet unshed and none but waiting their appointed time to fall. He would end sorrow. For God has willed that laughter should replace each one – every morose thought – and that His Son be free again. And You are that Son.

14 We will attempt today to overcome a thousand seeming obstacles to peace in just one day. It is possible! What’s needed is a holy change of mind. Let mercy come to you more quickly. Do not try to hold it off another day, another minute, or another instant. Remember, ‘mercy’ is another word for ‘loving-kindness’, God’s feelings for You. Time was made for this. A space for healing. Use it today for what its purpose is. Morning and night, devote what time you can to serve its proper aim, and do not let the time be less than meets your deepest need. You are important.

15 Give all you can – fear not; push Yourself out of inertia – and give a little more, for now we would arise in haste and go unto our Father’s house. We have been gone too long, and we would linger here no more. Out of the nightmare! We step into a sweet Reality!  And as we practice, let us think about all things we saved to settle by ourselves and kept apart from healing. They’ve been a burden. Let us give them – very cheerfully! – all to Him Who knows the way to look upon them so that they will disappear. Truth is His message; truth His teaching is. His are the lessons God would have us learn. Let Us get with it!

16 Each hour spend a little time today, and in the days to come, in practicing the lesson in forgiveness in the form established for the day. It is an exercise in Your learning Love and what It means to Love Your Neighbour. This a Gift from God to give You freedom. And try to give it application to the happenings the hour brought, so that the next one is free of the one before. The chains of time are easily unloosened in this way. Belovèd Brother, how should I see this? Learn to let this be Your constant question!

17 Let no one hour cast its shadow on the one that follows, and when that one goes, let everything that happens in its course go with it. Be free each instant! Thus will you remain unbound, in peace eternal in the world of time. This is true freedom! This is the lesson God would have you learn: there is a way to look on everything that lets it be to you another step to Him and to salvation of the world. Don’t look at anything alone, for this does cloud Your vision.

18 To all that speaks of terror, answer thus:

19 I will forgive and this will disappear. Dear Holy Spirit! How do I do this? I hear Your words, yet find it hard to do. Now I hear You saying that it’s simple! To just ask: What is My lesson here? And I’ll get My answer. You want Us to trust in every instant.

Okay! Here I am trusting patiently to Your direction.

20 To every apprehension, every care, and every form of suffering, repeat these selfsame words. You will find relief! And then you hold the key that opens Heaven’s gate and brings the Love of God the Father down to earth at last, to raise it up to Heaven. God will take this final step Himself. Do not deny the little steps He asks you take to Him. You know now God is ever-present. Now You need to be! Come back from Your walkabout! And put all Your focus on Our God!

*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1A very near-sighted cartoon character who never got into the accidents he caused.

Here is Wikipedia on him:https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mr._Magoo

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 192 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-TWO


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  192

I have a function God would have me fill.

It is particular to Me, and only I can do it. This is true for You belovèd Others. For each of Us is very special to Our Father-Mother.

1 It is your Father’s holy Will that you complete Himself – for You are an intrinsic Part of God and so important – and that your Self shall be His sacred Son, forever pure as He, of love created and in love preserved, extending love, creating in its name, forever one with God and with your Self. What else could You do but the Presence of His Love eternally. You have no other Self but this One. It is the only One that You do need, and It is One as You eternally. This Self never dies, thus You don’t need to! Yet what can such a function mean within a world of envy, hatred, and attack? Therefore you have a function in the world in its own terms. A quality that every One can feel; Love is the answer. For who can understand a language far beyond his simple grasp? For Love is simple when it is given universally. Simple to give and easy to receive.

And what shall the method be for giving? What else could it be but Your forgiveness? Let Us continue:

2 Forgiveness represents your function here. It is Your most holy occupation. It is not God’s creation, – which is already and forever the most pure perfection – for it is the means by which untruth can be undone. And who would pardon Heaven? For Heaven is another word for Truth. Yet on earth you need the means to let illusion go. For You believe Your illusions are truly reality. And they cannot be. Creation merely waits for your return to be acknowledged, not to be complete. Your wish to be Home becomes God’s treasure.

3 Creation cannot even be conceived of in the world. For It is pure Love, which the world is hate. It has no meaning here. None whatsoever! Although It’s right here. Forgiveness is the closest it can come to earth. For being Heaven-borne, it has no form at all. Repeating MySelf: none whatsoever! Yet God created One Who has the power to translate into form the wholly formless. What He makes are dreams, but of a kind so close to waking that the light of day already shines in them. And eyes already opening behold the joyful sights their offerings contain. Those of You who’ve already had those experiences will gladly understand. They await You all!

4 Forgiveness gently looks upon all things unknown in Heaven, sees them disappear, – in Love’s Presence, hatred disappears; in Life’s Presence, death just simply vanishes – and leaves the world a clean and unmarked slate on which the Word of God can now replace the senseless symbols written there before. (The gibberish coming from the ego.) Forgiveness is the means by which the fear of death is overcome – leading to death’s total disappearance – because it holds no fierce attraction now, and guilt is gone. Who wants to die when They’re really happy? ‘Dying’ is only for the inly sad. Who could accede to death when their cup is full, running over? Certainly not You!

5 Forgiveness lets the body be perceived as what it is—a simple teaching aid to be laid by when learning is complete, but hardly changing him who learns at all. Then what will You be?  Are You wondering? How will You manage without a body? The whole idea seems just incomprehensible to You! Well do not worry. You will still be You! This is My promise.

You will still have all Your senses and be clearly identifiable as You. And just as precious.

Think beams of Light and breezes. Fragrance, music, gentleness, and flavour. Each One of these qualities exquisitely unique to You. And there is no confusion, only joy. We All know each Other intimately. The mind without the body cannot make mistakes. Because it has returned to Its natural condition, which means It is as God has eternally ordained It to Be: as Living Spirit. You’ve not lost, but gained. It cannot think that it will die nor be the prey of merciless attack. Anger becomes impossible, and where is terror then? What fears could still assail those who have lost the source of all attack, the core of anguish, and the seat of fear? Fear has been dismissed! What can harm Spirit?

6 Only forgiveness can relieve the mind of thinking that the body is its home. Anger has no place in Love, none at all. Therefore, this makes forgiveness the open door which I have set before You for the past two thousand years.1 And who yet has entered through this wide open door to Heaven and remained there, not giving in to death, but continually embracing Life?  Only forgiveness can restore the peace that God intended for His holy Son. Ahh! Now You understand My harping so much on forgiveness. Only forgiveness can persuade the Son to look again upon his holiness. Which appears when anger is summarily dismissed by Love. With anger gone, you will indeed perceive that for Christ’s vision and the gift of sight no sacrifice was asked, and only pain was lifted from a sick and tortured mind. Anger is not fun; only self-righteous.

7 Is this unwelcome? Is it to be feared? Or is it to be hoped for, met with thanks, and joyously accepted? We are one and therefore give up nothing. But we have indeed been given everything by God. Yet do we need forgiveness to perceive that this is so. Without its kindly light – of Love happily replacing anger – we grope in darkness, using reason but to justify our rage and our attack. Our understanding is so limited that what we think we understand is but confusion born of error. This is the so-called “human condition”, which is inhumane. We are lost in mists of shifting dreams and fearful thoughts, our eyes shut tight against the light, our minds engaged in worshipping what is not there, nor was it ever. Only Good is Real.

8 Who can be born again in Christ but him who has forgiven everyone he sees or thinks of or imagines? Who could be set free while he imprisons anyone? A jailer is not free, for he is bound together with his prisoner. How many unforgiven are We keeping within Our jails? Why be a jailer? He must be sure that he does not escape, and so he spends his time in keeping watch on him. The bars which limit him become the world in which the jailer lives, along with him. And it is on his freedom that the way to liberty depends for both of them. Only the angry can really forgive.

9 Therefore hold no one prisoner. (Don’t shoot them either!) Release instead of bind, for thus are you made free. The way is simple. Every time you feel a stab of anger, realize you hold a sword above your head. For anger takes You prisoner and then becomes Your jailer. And it will fall or be averted as you choose to be condemned or free. Thus does each one who seems to tempt you to be angry represent your savior from the prison-house of death. And so you owe him thanks instead of pain. Forgiving Him can free You from the dream.

It’s truly worth it.

10 Be merciful today. Be holy, be kind to every Other. For They need Your Love. The Son of God deserves your mercy. The best gift You can give Him is Your gentle lovingkindness. It is he who asks that you accept the way to freedom now. Why dally longer? Why not be happy this very minute! Deny him not. His Father’s Love for him belongs to you. Your function here on earth is only to forgive him, that you may accept him back as your identity. For S/He is One with You. He is as God created him. I’s lots better than a matter body! And you are what he is. Forgive him now his sins, and you will see that you are one with him. For We All are One.

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 191 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY-ONE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  191

I am the holy Son of God Himself.

How did I sink so low from this high estate? Let Me rise up and be What I am! It sounds wonderful

1 Here is your declaration of release from bondage of the world. Now You know the Reality of You, and it’s wonderful. And the opportunity to re-experience It is forever with You. And here as well is all the world released. You do not see what you have done by giving to the world the role of jailer to the Son of God. What could it be but vicious and afraid, fearful of shadows, punitive and wild, lacking all reason, blind, insane, and sad? No need to be upset at this for everything is changing as You look within for all Your answers.

2 What have you done that this should be your world? What have you done that this is what you see? These are good questions, yet to think of this is very painful. Deny your own identity, and this is what remains. Nothing but more pain. You look on chaos and proclaim it as yourself. There is no sight that fails to witness this to you. For You have hidden the experience (the most holy Reality of You): that You are Spirit. There is no sound that does not speak of frailty within you and without, no breath you draw that does not seem to bring you nearer death, –  for You have been taught Your days are numbered – no hope you hold but will dissolve in tears. This is but the stuff of dreams: misery and more. And yet You can always assuredly Awaken! Freedom stands awaiting Your acceptance.

3 Deny your own identity, and you will not escape the madness which induced this weird, unnatural, and ghostly thought which mocks creation and which laughs at God. The ‘world’ has always been insanity. Deny your own identity, and you assail the universe alone, without a friend, a tiny particle of dust against the legions of your enemies. For Your Reality is everyOne; no separation. Deny your own identity – holy Son of God – and look on evil, sin, and death. And watch despair snatch from your fingers every scrap of hope, leaving you nothing but the wish to die. The high point of dreams; it seems to offer You release from hell, which You gladly take. Yet it lies to You, for it keeps You tightly trapped in dreaming.

‘Death’ is the one thing that belongs exclusively to ego. It is never shared by the Son of God.

4 Yet what is it except a game you play in which identity can be denied? Who made up ‘birth’ and ‘death’ for the Always Is You are? It was certainly not God. You are as God created you. And You continue to be so, for ‘creation’ is really a Revelation. God reveals You and All Your Others as Your Reality. All else but this one thing is folly to believe. Who stands against what God in His wisdom Infinite has done. In this one thought is everything set free. In this one truth are all illusions gone. In this one fact is sinlessness – better known as the Holiness of God – proclaimed to be forever part of everything, the central core of its existence, and its guarantee of immortality. Would it not be a good idea to wonder – at least a little curious – to know – just how has God created You?

I must be good, and I must be lovely. I am like to God.

5 But let today’s idea find a place among your thoughts, and you have risen far above the world and all the worldly thoughts that hold it prisoner. Despite what I believe, I am still the holy Son of God. And from this place of safety and escape, you will return and set it free. The world as well as Your own holy Identity!  For he who can accept his true identity is truly saved. Also very safe, for S/He knows S/He’s loved. And his salvation is the gift he gives to everyone in gratitude to Him – belovèd Son of God in conjunction with Holy Spirit – Who pointed out the way to happiness that changed his whole perception of the world. How sweet looks the world seen through the lens of God. While S/He came here for getting, Now is S/He here for giving. What a difference!

6 One holy thought like this, – so filled up with Love – and you are free; you are the holy Son of God Himself. Truth long ago forgotten, now recalled with joy. And with this holy thought, you learn as well that you have freed the world. As You come back into Your Right Mind, the world re-turns with You. You have no need to use it cruelly and then perceive this savage need in it. You set it free of your imprisonment. This allows it once again, finally, to be recognized by You as Heaven. You will not see a devastating image of yourself walking the world in terror with the world twisting in agony because your fears have laid the mark of death upon its heart. Is not this the stuff of nightmares, from which You must awaken, not believe it real; comprehend that it’s not Reality? Would God torture You? God Whose Name is Love, and Love His Nature?

7 Be glad today how very easily is hell undone. It cannot be real! You need but tell yourself:

8 I am the holy Son of God Himself. I’m part of God, an holy Ray of Love shining forth from Him, as are My Brothers.
I cannot suffer, cannot be in pain;
I cannot lose, nor can I fail to do
All that salvation asks.
Right this very instant God is Be-ing His belovèd Son, of which I am One, now and forever. I tell You the Truth.

9 And in the holy Truth of that thought is everything you look on wholly changed.

10 A miracle has lighted up all dark and ancient caverns where the rites of death echoed since time began, and Reality was deliberately hidden from Your view by the ego. For time has lost its hold upon the world. As now I am revealing Truth to You. The Son of God has come in glory to redeem the lost, to save the helpless, and to give the world the gift of his forgiveness. Who could see the world as dark and sinful when God’s Son has come again at last to set it free? We All are God’s Son. Christ is not just Our Name, but Our Nature.

11 You who perceive yourself as weak and frail, with futile hopes and devastated dreams, born but to die, to weep, and suffer pain, – for You are ‘human’ – hear this: all power is given you in earth and Heaven. There is nothing that you cannot do, although You have forgotten this is True. You play the game of death, – as if it were a game of video – of being helpless, pitifully tied to dissolution in a world which shows no mercy to you. Yet when you accord it mercy – choose to see it True – will its mercy shine on you. This I promise too.

12 Then let the Son of God awaken from his sleep, and opening his holy eyes return again to bless the world he made. In error it began. He made a mistake, oh so long ago. But it will end in the reflection of his holiness. When S/He is willing. Remember that You are asked but for a little willingness. And You can give it. And he will sleep no more and dream of death. Then join with me today, God’s belovèd One. Your glory is the light that saves the world. Do not withhold salvation longer. Look about the world, and see the suffering there. Is not your heart willing to bring your weary brothers rest? All of Us are One: the belovèd Son. I’ll repeat this in one form or another till You get it!

13 They must await your own release. They stay in chains till you are free. They cannot see the mercy of the world until you find it for yourself. They suffer pain until you have denied its hold on you. They die till you accept your own eternal life. You are the holy Son of God Himself. Every One of You! Remember this, and all the world is free. Remember this, and earth and Heaven are one.

And the seeming ‘son of man’ is now but the Christ arisen.

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 190 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-NINETY


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  190

I choose the joy of God instead of pain.

Well, who wouldn’t make that choice? It surely is much more pleasant. Yet so many of God’s Sons prefer to suffer in Our self-made hell that We call “the world”. Oh let Me not be One of them!

1 Pain is a wrong perspective. Now what does this mean? It means You are looking through the wrong end of the telescope; seeing a narrow and shrunken view of things that limit You. When it is experienced in any form, it is a proof of self-deception. There is a payoff for this view of things, so You espouse it. It is not a fact at all. But simply chosen; so it can be easily unchosen. There is no form it takes which will not disappear if seen aright. Think for a moment what great ramifications can this Truth bestow upon You. For pain proclaims God cruel. God Whose Name is Love. How preposterous! How could it be real in any form? Or any shape whatsoever; it can’t! It witnesses to God the Father’s hatred of His Son, – just ridiculous! – the sinfulness He sees in him, – sees in His dearly belovèd Son in Whom He is well-pleased? – and His insane desire for revenge and death. God Whose Name is Love. Let this be Our song. Can such projections be attested to? Can they be anything but wholly false? Yet are they believed!

What they do show is but the mindset of the separated Son of God, which isn’t very pleasant.

2 Pain is but witness to the Son’s mistakes in what he thinks he is. A bloomin’ human. And what is a human but the Son of God as a deep-in-dreams amnesiac. To wander into dreams was to forget His Self completely. Guilt for what He thinks He’s really done is just overwhelming. As is His fear of the consequences. He has completely blocked the memory of His Father’s Love. He dwells in a nightmare. It is a dream of fierce retaliation for a crime that could not be committed, for attack on what is wholly unassailable. It is a nightmare of abandonment by an eternal Love which could not leave the Son whom it created out of love. Are You getting an idea of why the Course says to forgive Your Brother for what He never really did?

So that You can forgive Yourself!

3 Pain is a sign illusions reign in place of truth. For Truth is always happy, always peaceful. It demonstrates God is denied, confused with fear, perceived as mad, and seen as traitor to Himself. If that seems to makes no sense, it is because it doesn’t. The guilt for what S/He never really did has driven Him insane. If God is real, there is no pain. God is surely Real, which means Good is Real. If pain is real, there is no God. For vengeance is not part of love. And fear, denying love and using pain to prove that God is dead, has shown that death is victor over life. The body is the Son of God, corruptible in death, as mortal as the Father he has slain. If all of this sounds too strange and convoluted that is because it is. So works the ego mindset.

None of it is true. Dreamers – not understanding God at all – have fallen for it, hook, line, and sinker, as the saying goes.

4 Peace to such foolishness! These beliefs are just ridiculous! The time has come to laugh at such insane ideas. First You need to stop believing in them! There is no need to think of them as savage crimes or secret sins with weighty consequence. Trust Me; trust My words. You are dreaming all this insanity. Who but a madman could conceive of them as cause of anything? Their witness, pain, is mad as they and no more to be feared than the insane illusions which it shields and tries to demonstrate must still be true. Time to awaken.This will dis

5 It is your thoughts alone that cause you pain. Nothing external to your mind can hurt or injure you in any way. This is not just true for You, but for everyOne. There is no cause beyond yourself that can reach down and bring oppression. No one but yourself affects you. There is nothing in the world which has the power to make you ill or sad or weak or frail. How can I believe this Brother If flies in the face of everything that I believe is real. But it is you who have the power to dominate all things you see by merely recognizing what you are. The ego says that this is nonsense, and arrogance to boot. Don’t trust its assessment; it’s a liar, from the beginning. Now ask Yourself: the beginning of what? The separation.  As you perceive the harmlessness in them, – and You begin to remember Yourself – they will accept your holy will as theirs. For Your will is now good and now benign. And what was seen as fearful now becomes a source of innocence and holiness. When seen through the lovingkind Eyes of God.

6 My holy brothers, think of this awhile—the world you see does nothing. It has no effects at all. It is but an ongoing nightmare. It merely represents your thoughts. And it will change entirely as you elect to change your mind and choose the joy of God as what you really want. How could there possibly be another choice than happiness. Your Self is radiant in this holy joy, unchanged, unchanging, and unchangeable forever and forever. And would you deny a little corner of your mind its own inheritance and keep it as a hospital for pain, a sickly place where living things must come at last to die? Why would You do this but to punish Yourself for separation to avoid something worse You still think that God will do to His belovèd Son. You just can’t accept that word: belovèd.

7 The world may seem to cause you pain. It sure looks awful. How did it get so bad, You ask. Remember its inception? It was made as a very deliberate attack on God. And yet the world, as causeless, has no power to cause. In itself, it can do nothing. ForYou are its ‘creator’. As an effect, – at effect of You – it cannot make effects. As an illusion it is what you will. I know this seems horrible to You, to be responsible. Your idle wishes represent its pains. Your strange desires bring it evil dreams. Your thoughts of death envelop it in fear, – yet can You heal it! – while in your kind forgiveness does it live. It’s just that simple. Forgive Your Others their insanity, for it’s just like Yours.

8 Pain is the thought of evil taking form and working havoc in your holy mind. You may not even be aware of it. Pay attention. You will be if You watch Your thoughts carefully. Pain is the ransom you have gladly paid not to be free. Anything so You can keep on dreaming. Such insanity! You gave up Love to suffer in Your dreams. Has it been worth it? In pain is God denied the Son He loves. Yet He still Loves You. His Love continues, extending thoughout Love’s Eternity. In pain does fear appear to triumph over love and time replace eternity and Heaven. Again, all the horror is merely seeming; the seeming of the dreaming. You can will to dream a much better dream. For You choose horror. And the world becomes a cruel and a bitter place, where sorrow rules and little joys give way before the onslaught of the savage pain that waits to end all joy in misery.  Why not choose again, for You can Waken. It’s a viable possibility.

9 Lay down your arms and come without defense into the quiet place where Heaven’s peace holds all things still at last. God’s Love is certain. Lay down all thoughts of danger and of fear. Let no attack enter with you. Come with open mind. Lay down the cruel sword of judgment that you hold against your throat, and put aside the withering assaults with which you seek to hide your holiness. Here will you understand there is no pain. Here does the joy of God belong to you. Let Us sit here together for a while, enjoying God’s Peace.

10 This is the day when it is given you to realize the lesson which contains all of salvation’s power. It is this: pain is illusion; joy reality. Pain is but sleep; joy is awakening. Pain is deception; joy alone is truth. This does make Your healing very simple? Your ‘medicine’ is to just be happy! God forgives You for what You never do!

11 And so again we make the only choice that ever can be made—we choose between illusions and the truth, or pain and joy, or hell and Heaven. Shall it be dreaming? Or Reality. Let our gratitude unto our Teacher – the Holy Spirit, here, as Our Right Mind, ever available – fill our hearts as we are free to choose our joy instead of pain, our holiness in place of sin, the peace of God instead of conflict, and the light of Heaven for the darkness of the world. There need be no delay. The choice can be made now,in any and every instant!

 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 189 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-NINE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  189

I feel the Love of God within me now. 

Feel It wakening as from a long slumber. A long, slumber compassing eons. This feels so very different; like a brand-new life dawning. For this Love is like no other: It goes out to every One.

It is impartial and universal, blessing each of Us.

1 There is a light in you the world can not perceive. For It is the Light of Love everywhere. Yet have We been blind, by ignoring It. When We chose the ego, it was hidden. And with its eyes – those of ego world – you will not see this light, for you are blinded by the world. Yet you have eyes to see it, given You by God. It is there for you to look upon, as soon as You will. Choice is always Yours. It was not placed in you to be kept hidden from your sight. The choice to ignore the Light was Your own. You can undo it. This light is a reflection of the thought we practice now. Understand You this?: Consciousness is Source of experience. To feel the Love of God within you is to see the world anew, shining in innocence, alive with hope, and blessed with perfect charity and love. A total change of thinking and effect. A seeming answer to all problems in the world but dreaming.

2 Who could feel fear in such a world as this? So sweet, so loving, sitting right upon the cusp of Heaven. It welcomes you, rejoices that you came, and sings your praises as it keeps you safe from every form of danger and of pain. Yes. A world of Love. It offers you a warm and gentle home in which to stay a while. It blesses you throughout the day and watches through the night as silent guardian of your holy sleep. A world watched over by the most loving angels sent by God’s Love to care for You, while You are dreaming. These angels are thoughts leading You to oh so gently waken. It sees salvation in you and protects the light in you in which it sees its own. It offers you its flowers and its snow in thankfulness for your benevolence. And all its gifts of Love and beauty are expressed just for You.

Sweet hallelujah. How lovely Life is as Reality. “Very good”1 is quite an understatement.

3 This is the world the Love of God reveals. It is so different from the world you see through darkened eyes of malice and of fear that one belies the other. Oh Brother! We cannot wait to see It! And We need Your help. Only one can be perceived at all. The world that is but God’s Reality, so very lovely: a world of Spirit, just magnificent. The other one is wholly meaningless, for it is based on a huge selfishness that is hiding Love. Not so be the world when it is reborn A world in which forgiveness shines on everything – with its kindest Love – and peace offers its gentle light to everyone is inconceivable to those who see a world of hatred, rising from attack, poised to avenge, to murder and destroy. The world shown on the computer and the television, totally unstable. Would You keep choosing it, instead a place of Living Heaven? One found attending carefully to God. What work is better?

4 Yet is the world of hatred equally unseen and inconceivable to those who feel God’s Love in them. The world of those Who are Awakening. Their world reflects the quietness and peace that shines in them, the gentleness and innocence they see surrounding them, the joy with which they look out from the endless wells of joy within. What they have felt in them they look upon and see its sure reflection everywhere. This doesn’t sound like the dream, now does it? Because It isn’t. And yet It exists!

5 What would you see? The choice is given you. (Choice is always Yours!) But learn and do not let your mind forget this law of seeing: you will look upon that which you feel within. If hatred finds a place within your heart, you will perceive a fearful world, held cruelly in death’s sharp-pointed, bony fingers. Dear God, cleanse My  mind of all offending thoughts, replacing them with nothing but Love. If you feel the Love of God within you, you look out upon a world of mercy and of love. Remember that the human sense of love is not the Love of God, but just the palest of a shadow.

6 Today we pass illusions as we seek to reach to what is true in us – which is an overwhelming Love of God – and feel Its all-embracing tenderness, Its Love Which knows us perfect as Itself, Its sight which is the gift Its Love bestows on us. We learn the way today. It is as sure as Love Itself, to Which it carries us. This Love so heavenly, so amazing! For its simplicity avoids the snares the foolish convolutions of the world’s apparent reasoning but serve to hide. Plain and simple Love is so apparent! If You’re looking for It, You can’t miss It!

7 Simply do this: be still and lay aside all thoughts of what you are and what God is, all concepts you have learned about the world, all images you hold about yourself. Empty your mind of everything it thinks is either true or false or good or bad, of every thought it judges worthy and all the ideas of which it is ashamed. Hold onto nothing. This is an every instant living, holy meditation. Do not bring with you one thought the past has taught nor one belief you ever learned before from anything. Forget this world, forget this course, and come with wholly empty hands unto your God. A heart that is singing: God, I am Yours.

8 Is it not He Who knows the way to you? God Who knows all things Real Knows You holy. You need not know the way to Him. He’s everywhere and everywhen as well! Your part is simply to allow all obstacles that you have interposed between the Son and God the Father to be quietly removed forever. Give up hiding and give up protection. Take Your armor off! God will do His part in joyful and immediate response. Ask and receive. But do not make demands nor point the road to God by which He should appear to you. The way to reach Him is merely to let Him be. For in that way is your reality acclaimed as well. Your prayer? I’m here, and I am willing.

9 And so today we do not choose the way in which we go to Him. But we do choose to let Him come. And We, most willingly, do choose to go! And with this choice we rest, and very gladly. And in our quiet hearts and open minds His Love will blaze its pathway of itself. Dear God, We’re ready! What has not been denied is surely there if it be true, and can be surely reached. Heaven of the Living waits for Us; We know We need not die; for Life is the only way to Heaven. God knows His Son and knows the way to him. He does not need His Son to show Him how to find His way. Through every opened door His Love shines outward from its home within and lightens up the world in innocence. God’s Gifts are not just Love, for they lead to Divinest freedom.

10 Father, we do not know the way to You. And how We wish to! But we have called, and You have answered us. There is one thing We know: that You will gladly, gently lead Us. We will not interfere. How grateful We, for Your lovingkindness. Salvation’s ways are not our own, for they belong to You. You gladly lead Us. Protected by Your Love, We run with joy! Longing for Home changed to the most grateful anticipation! And it is unto You we look for them, and You to Guide Us. Our hands are open to receive Your gifts. We mean not to be greedy, yet We have starved Ourselves by Our resistance. Now We are more than willing, and hungry for You. We have no thoughts we think apart from You and cherish no beliefs of what we are or who created us. We will to trust You quite implicitly. Yours is the way that we would find and follow. Gladly We listen for Your direction. And we ask but that Your Will, which is our own as well, be done in us and in the world, that it come back into its natural state and thus become a part of Heaven now. Amen. *~**~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*     1 Again, Genesis 1:31

If You but understood God’s Love and wonders, You would jump up with joy, Awakened!

 
 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 188 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-EIGHT


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  188

The peace of God is shining in me now. 

The peace of God is shining as Me now.  This is what I meant 2000 years ago when I said to let Your Light shine.  What I meant – and still do mean – is to Be the Light You really are.  And don’t smother it.1 Why wait for Heaven?  Heaven lives as You if You allow It. Those who seek the light are merely covering their eyes.  Can You look for what You already are? The light is in them now. – The Light is You now.  Why not let It shine? – Enlightenment is but a recognition, not a change at all. – As Werner said: If You’re enlightened now, You always have been.1  As He demonstrated: the feat is not just to get enlightened, but to stay there. Light is not of the world, yet you who bear the light in you are alien here as well. The light came with you from your native home and stayed with you because it is your own. It is the only thing you bring with you from Him Who is your Source. It shines in you because it lights your home and leads you back to where it came from and you are at home.  This is a world of darkness, pain, and suffering, yet full of Be-ings who are Living Light Itself.  How can there be such a paradox?  Because everything is mental.

You think You are a thing that either shines with Light or doesn’t; all properties to You seem to be physical.  You even see Your ‘brain’ – which You deem the source of thought – to be ‘matter’.  Yet this is a mental universe.  No bit of It is physical, for there is no such thing.  It is one or the other.  Reference Lesson 97: I am Spirit.  Only the dullness of Your mind makes things – including You – to seem solid.

2 This light cannot be lost. – Can You lose Your Identity?  You can’t. – Why wait to find it in the future or believe it has been lost already or was never there?  It is permanently accessible.

It can so easily be looked upon that arguments which prove it is not there become ridiculous. – I hear You saying: Huh?  What does He mean?  One thing that You are sure of is that You do exist; it’s what You are that’s up for question, for You All like to name and pigeonhole things.  Yet the Identity of the Son of God is but unlimited.  You, as a little ego mindset, can get no handle on it.  But You the Son of God know everything.  And somewhere deep within this You know.  And the You that knows it is right where the son of ‘man’ appears to be.  You can choose One or the other; Reality or unreality. Choice is always Yours. – Who can deny the presence of what he beholds in him?

Only the ego.  So if You see not Yourself the Son of God, You can know that is not Christ thinking.

It is not difficult to look within, for there all vision starts. – Yet does the ego so prefer the outward looking, through the clouded lens of self-aggrandizement. It is very sad and distorted vision.  For it flows from despair that is in all ways unacknowledged. – There is no sight, be it of dreams or from a truer source, that is not but the shadow of the seen through inward vision. There perception starts, and there it ends. It has no source but this.  Realityis All that there is, seen “through a glass darkly” or seen through the crystal clear loving lens of Christ,True Spirit.

3 The peace of God is shining in you now – The Peace of God is shining as You now. It is Your complete, entire Be-ing – and from your heart extends around the world.  You are Its Holy Representative.

It pauses to caress each living thing and leave a blessing with it which remains forever and forever. What it gives must be eternal.  How loved does each thing feel, so loved and so extremely cherished.

It removes all thoughts of the ephemeral and valueless. It brings renewal to all tired hearts and lights all vision as it passes by. All of its gifts are given everyone, and everyone unites in giving thanks to you who give and you who have received.  Allow Yourself to get this, Real Happiness so far removed from worldly ideas.

What is it like to live where there is no conflict or discord; where only Love can possibly exist?

4 The shining in your mind reminds the world of what it has forgotten, and the world restores the memory to you as well. From you salvation radiates with gifts beyond all measure, given and returned. To you, the giver of the gift, does God Himself give thanks. And in His blessing does the light in you shine brighter, adding to the gifts you have to offer to the world.  I need not add to nor explicate this.  I simply ask that You allow Reality to unfold Its glory for You.

5 The peace of God can never be contained. For It’s everywhere!

Who recognizes it within himself – and within Herself – must give it. And the means for giving it are in his understanding. He forgives because he recognized the truth in him.  In recognizing What You really are, Son of God, You must recognize It for each One of Your Brothers and Your Sisters.

The peace of God is shining in you now and in all living things.  All there is – everywhere! – is God shining You and All the Others that make up You! How incredible the Oneness of God! – In quietness is it acknowledged universally.  This Knowledge and Experience belongs to each One of God’s Infinite Ideas.

For what your inward vision looks upon is your perception of the universe.  And what You see is Your shared and yet unique Vision of the Universe of God.  Its beauty and goodness is wonderful!

6 Sit quietly and close your eyes. – Breathe softly with Me. – The light within you is sufficient. It alone has power to give the gift of sight to you. – You are the complete Idea of God. – Exclude the outer world and let your thoughts fly to the peace within. – Though You knew it not before within the dream, It has been there all along, waiting patiently for You. – They know the way. For honest thoughts, untainted by the dream of worldly things outside yourself, become the holy messengers of God Himself. These thoughts you think with Him. They recognize their home. And they point surely to their Source where God the Father and the Son are one.  These exquisite Thoughts of Love give wing to all the Good You’ve cherished and have longed for.

7 God’s peace is shining on them, but they must remain with you as well, for they were born within your mind as yours was born in God’s. They lead you back to peace from where they came but to remind you how you must return. They heed your Father’s Voice when you refuse to listen. And they urge you gently to accept His Word for what you are instead of fantasies and shadows. They remind you that you are the co-creator of all things that live. For as the peace of God is shining in you, it must shine on them.  You know well these Loving Thoughts for They are the Holy Spirit.

8 We practice coming nearer to the light in us today. We take our wandering thoughts and gently bring them back to where they fall in line with all the thoughts we share with God. We will not let them stray. – But gently encircle them like loving Mothers and Fathers. – We let the light within our minds direct them to come home. We have betrayed them, ordering that they depart from us. But now we call them back and wash them clean of strange desires and disordered wishes. We restore to them the holiness of their inheritance.  Our thoughts – once again as in ancient times – are embraced by and do embrace Our Brothers.

9 Thus are our minds restored with them, and we acknowledge that the peace of God still shines in us and from us to all living things that share our life. We will forgive them all, absolving all the world of what we thought it did to us. For it is we who make the world as we would have it. – This is sad, but true. – Now we choose that it be innocent, devoid of sin, and open to salvation. And we – most sweetly with humble integrity – lay our saving blessing on it as we say:

10 The peace of God is shining in me now.
Let all things shine upon me in that peace,
And let me bless them with the light in me.

Let Me always will to let My Light shine.  I gratefully surrender to His Love.

 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 187 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-SEVEN


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  187

I bless the world because I bless myself. 

When I am in a holy place, so is the lovely world I see along with Me!

1 No one can give unless he has. This is obvious. In fact, giving is proof of having. And it shows forth Your generosity. We have made this point before. It comes straight from God’s abiity to meet all human needs. What seems to make it hard to credit is not this. No one can doubt that you must first possess what you would give. It is the second phase on which the world and true perception differ. For the ego says that too much giving leads to poverty. Having had and given, then the world asserts that you have lost what you possessed. This isn’t Truth. Generosity does lead One to riches. The truth maintains that giving will increase what you possess. This loving desire must needs bring forth Divine Law of reciprocity, where those who wish to give cannot be deprived of the fulfillment of their desires. Amen, so be it!

2 How is this possible? For it is sure that if you give a finite thing away, your body’s eyes will not perceive it yours. Yet we have learned that things but represent the thoughts that make them. All things are thoughts, including You. Great glory, hallelujah! This means that You must then be forever; i.e. eternal!That is real good news!  And you do not lack for proof that when you give ideas away, you strengthen them in your own mind. Just ask the transcriber how clear do become the ideas with which She’s gifted by Listening attentively to Me. As She shares She learns. As She gives, She gets. We could call this Divine mathematics.

Perhaps the form in which the thought seems to appear is changed in giving. Yet it must return to him who gives. Nor can the form it takes be less acceptable. It must be more. Let’s say You give to Me, the well-known partridge in a pear tree. I am delighted! I share My joy with You. You share with Me Your joy that I am happy. Both of Us are quite ecstatic! This shared joy in giving and receiving stays in Our hearts and minds forever. All joyous instants do, for they are holy.

3 Ideas must first belong to you before you give them. When You understand them, You can share; and understanding comes from one lovely place: the Holy Spirit. If you are to save the world, you first accept salvation for yourself. Could We have an unsaved Saviour? Thought sounds preposterous! When You can help an Other, You are then filled with joy Yourself. But you will not believe that this is done until you see the miracles it brings to everyone you look upon. And Your heart just keeps on singing most joyous Love songs, to and from Our God: belovèd Father-Mother. Herein is the idea of giving clarified and given meaning. Now you can perceive that by your giving is your store increased. You would not have believed that You could be this very happy, and feel such an ongoing joyousness. Where does it come from but the ever-present Love that You have come to understand is belovèd God.

4 Protect all things you value by the act of giving them away, and you are sure that you will never lose them. Another name for this giving just happens to be sharing. Hug not Your treasures tight to You, i.e. hoarding them, but freely may You share them. What you thought you did not have is thereby proven yours. Yet value not its form. Nor dwell on the thing, if You would give it. For this will change and grow unrecognizable in time, however much you try to keep it safe. No form endures. It is the thought behind the form of things that lives unchangeable. This is the hardest thing for Dreamers to comprehend. Yet to heal, You must quite clearly understand it. For You need not heal a body, since all there is to it is the mind behind it.

5 Give gladly. What occupation could be better than to bless Your Brothers? You can only gain thereby. The thought remains and grows in strength as it is reinforced by giving. Like a mighty oak, it stands strong and straight, uplifting everyOne who will see it with its majesty. So can Your thoughts be. Thoughts extend as they are shared, for they cannot be lost. They can shift the balance with the with their Love. There is no giver and receiver in the sense the world conceives of them. For We are All One. There is a giver who retains, another who will give as well. And both must gain in this exchange, for each will have the thought in form most helpful to him. What he seems to lose is always something he will value less than what will surely be returned to him. e.g. Could there be loss in trading anger in for God’s Love instead?

6 Never forget you give but to yourself. Is not Your Brother holy Part of You? Does not the left hand cherish the right as they work together? Who understands what giving means must laugh at the idea of sacrifice. Does not the right ear listen to music with the left for is not stereo better that monaural? Nor can he fail to recognize the many forms which sacrifice may take. He laughs as well at pain and loss, at sickness and at grief, at poverty, starvation and at death. He recognizes sacrifice remains the one idea that stands behind them all, and in his gentle laughter are they healed. God’s Gifts are but Good. And He understands God to Be the only Giver, the Son to be Receiver.

7 Illusions recognized – as truly nothing – must disappear. Accept not suffering, and you remove the thought of suffering. Your blessing lies on everyone who suffers when you choose to see all suffering as what it is: persistent lies about God’s true Nature, and about Your Self as His dear Presence. The thought of sacrifice gives rise to all the forms that suffering appears to take. And sacrifice is an idea so mad that sanity dismisses it at once. The transcriber is reminding Me that “sacrifice” does literally mean “sacred doing”, and She is correct. So by this very word – its present meaning – can You see how distorted everything came to be when You began to dream as egos.

8 Never believe that you can sacrifice. There is no place for sacrifice in what has any value. When what You’re doing isn’t being done with grateful joy, then why would You do it! If the thought occurs, its very presence proves that error has arisen and correction must be made. Your blessing will correct it. So what happens if You really don’t want to give Your blessing? That is truly a terrific question! Do You not know that You are blessed? How else could You know but by Your own happiness? Given first to you, it now is yours to give as well. No form of sacrifice and suffering can long endure before the face of one who has forgiven and has blessed himself. We have said before that “sacrifice” is literally a sacred act, and so it is – when done with this in mind and from this basis – when it flows as giftnot a loss – to bless Your Others. You are gifted too.

When You forgive, what burdens lift from You!

9 The lilies that your brother offers you are laid upon your altar, with the ones you offer him beside them. What are the lilies but Your Eternal Love for each Other. Who could fear to look upon such lovely holiness? So far beyond the dream, yet present here and now, forever. The great illusion of the fear of God diminishes to nothingness before the purity that you will look on here. Be not afraid to look. Love will show You a world filled with kindness and beauty; such is Reality. God’s Reality. Will You accept It?   The blessedness you will behold will take away all thought of form, and leave instead the perfect gift forever there, forever to increase, forever yours, forever given away. For All there is – and All that there can ever be – is God’s holy Reality.

10 Now are we one in thought, for fear has gone. And here, before the altar to one God, one Father, one Creator and one Thought, we stand together as one Son of God, in blessèd Easter every single day. For every moment now is but a very Holy Instant. Not separate from Him Who is our Source; like the Sun and Rays; not distant from one brother who is part of our One Self Whose innocence has joined us all as one, we stand in blessedness and give as we receive. The Law of Love is reciprocity as Good is found in all Reality. The Name of God is on our lips. Our constant prayer. And as we look within, we see the purity of Heaven shine in our reflection of our Father’s Love. We re-turn to be Love’s Holy Presence; True Identity.

11 Now are we blessed, and now we bless the world. Each act and movement become a blessing. What we have looked upon we would extend, – give to everyOne! – for we would see it everywhere. We would behold it shining with the grace of God in everyone. Each One a blessing! – We would not have it be withheld from anything we look upon. Thus, all forgiven! And to ensure this holy sight is ours, we offer it – this holy glimpse of God’s Reality – to everything we see. For where we see it, it will be returned to us in form of lilies we can lay upon our altar, – a living prayer – making it a home for Innocence Itself, Who dwells in us and offers us His Holiness as ours.

And Innocence is so very gentle. You are Its Presence. For by Your Love is the world forgiven.

 
 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 186 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-SIX


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  186

Salvation of the world depends on me. 

Oh boy! This is too big a responsibility for Me! Surely someone else would be more able. A much better runner in the stable. I just don’t feel that I am capable!

Calm down Sisters, Brothers! The only need is that You be willing. The Holy Spirit gladly does the rest. You only need deliver the message. It’s just that simple. The people will not shoot this messenger! But rather thank Her so gratefully. Or Him, if a He.

1 Here is the statement that will one day take all arrogance away from every mind.  Why?Willingness disperses arrogance. That is the reason. For willingness completes a job with ease. Here is the thought of true humility which holds no function as your own but that which has been given you. Here come those words again: “Thy Will be done.” And Your addition: “And I will gladly do it. Just Guide Me.” It offers your acceptance of a part assigned to you, without insisting on another role. For You need no glory in the job, no recompense but to see the job well done. You have done Your part, and that is enough. It does not judge your proper role. It but acknowledges the Will of God is done on earth as well as Heaven. For You are doing it at His behest, and very gladly. This gladness encourages Your Others. It unites all wills on earth in Heaven’s plan to save the world, restoring it to Heaven’s peace, because minds are joined.

2 Let us not fight our function. But, instead, We gratefully accept it. We did not establish it. It is not our idea. This sweet willingness easily eliminates the ego. It’s very freeing! The means are given us by which it will be perfectly accomplished. As usual, the key is Our trust in God for everything. All that we are asked to do is to accept our part in genuine humility and not deny with self-deceiving arrogance that we are worthy. We are being asked for a good reason. What is given us to do we have the strength to do. Our minds are suited perfectly to take the part assigned to us by One Who knows us well. Our belovèd Source: Our Father-Mother.

3 Today’s idea may seem quite sobering until you see its meaning. All it says is that your Father still remembers you and offers you the perfect trust He holds in you who are His Son. God does not see You ‘human’ but Divine. No ‘dirt man’ are You.1 It does not ask that you be different in any way from what you are. What could humility request but this? For what You are is God’s belovèd One, His most precious Son. And what could arrogance deny but this? Oh no You’re not, You say: I’m a human. Today we will not shrink from our assignment on the specious grounds that modesty is outraged. God says You’re Divine! It is pride that would deny the call of God Himself. And resistance to Your Divinity.

4 All false humility we lay aside today – We drop all that stuff, for it is pointless – that we may listen to God’s Voice reveal to us what He would have us do. False humility is but Your resistance to listening to God, and following His directions. We do not doubt our adequacy for the function He will offer us. Is not God the judge? We will be certain only that He knows our strengths, our wisdom, and our holiness. About Us, all the best. And if He deems us worthy, so we are. It is but arrogance that judges otherwise. Arrogance that believes it can put up resistance to God. How ridiculous!

5 There is one way and only one to be released from the imprisonment your plan to prove the false is true has brought to you. To dream and then accord reality to Your fitful dreams. Accept the plan you did not make instead. For God’s plan is Real, and it’s really good! Judge not your value to it. If God’s Voice assures you that salvation needs your part and that the whole depends on you, be sure that it is so, since the Voice for God is always truthful. The arrogant must cling to words, afraid to go beyond them to experience which might affront their stance. The arrogant are most attached to dreams. Yet are the humble free to hear the Voice which tells them what they are and what to do. For It will gladly lead them to freedom.

6 Arrogance makes an image of yourself that is not real, designed by the non-existent ego. It is this image – patently unreal – which quails and retreats in terror as the Voice for God assures you that you have the strength, the wisdom, and the holiness to go beyond all images. For they are not real. They cannot stop You! You are not weak, as is the image of yourself. You are not ignorant and helpless. Sin can not tarnish the truth in you, and misery can come not near the holy home of God. All the horrors of the world You see are but willfully deliberate dreams of non-existent ego.

7 All this the Voice for God relates to you. And as He speaks, the image trembles and seeks to attack the threat it does not know, sensing its basis crumble. It stands on nothing, having absolutely no foundation. Let it go. Salvation of the world depends on you and not upon this little pile of dust. For Son of God, none of You are bodies. What can it tell the holy Son of God? You are but the eternal Presence of Our Father-Mother. Why need he be concerned with it at all? Here and now, You far transcend the body. Be oh so grateful that this is the Truth!

8 And so we find our peace. By ditching the impostor for Our Reality instead. We will accept the function God has given us, for all illusions rest upon the weird belief that we can make another for ourselves. Another function, and another self, both unknown to God, Who nonetheless is gently healing Us; leading Us out of insanity, back into Our Right Minds. Our self-made roles are shifting, and they seem to change from mourner to ecstatic bliss of loved and loving. We can laugh or weep and greet the day with welcome or with tears. How very changeable is the ego. Our very being seems to change as we experience a thousand shifts in mood, and our emotions raise us high indeed or dash us to the ground in hopelessness.

This so-called ‘life’ is a roller-coaster. Yet Divine Consistency is but Your own Reality. Why not accept It?

9 Is this the Son of God? Could He – belovèd Father, belovèd Mother – create such instability and call it Son? He Who is changeless shares His attributes with His creation. Just as all the Rays are One with the Sun. All God’s Revelation makes up the Son. All the images His Son appears to make have no effect on what he is. They are delusions; misperceptions of God’s most holy One. They blow across his mind like windswept leaves that form a patterning an instant, break apart to group again, and scamper off. Or like mirages seen above a desert, rising from the dust. The entire dream is quite impermanent to say the least. Yet the Son relentlessly believes it, for He wants it so.

10 These unsubstantial images will go and leave your mind unclouded and serene when you accept the function given you. For all God’s Gifts must include clarity. The images you make give rise to but conflicting goals, impermanent and vague, uncertain and ambiguous. Yet You are truly committed to believing they are real. For on them Your entire world depends. Who could be constant in his efforts or direct his energies and concentrated drive toward goals like these? Those who are insane. The functions which the world esteems are so uncertain that they change ten times an hour at their most secure. What hope of gain can rest on goals like this? What kind of motive?

11 In lovely contrast, certain as the sun’s return each morning to dispel the night, your truly given function stands out clear and wholly unambiguous: Your Reality. There is no doubt of its validity. It comes from One Who knows no error. Perfect God must mean perfect You. And His Voice is certain of its messages. God is consistent and so reliable. They will not change nor be in conflict. All of them point to one goal, and one you can attain. Your plan may be impossible, but God’s can never fail because He is its Source. Remember, God is synonym with Good and reliable. This You must believe, and You will relax and give Him Your trust.

12 Do as His Voice directs. And if it asks a thing of you that seems impossible, remember Who it is that asks – Your loving Father – and who would make denial, the loveless ego. Then consider this—which is more likely to be right? Reality or imagination. The Voice that speaks for the Creator of all things Who knows all things exactly as they are, or a distorted image of yourself, confused, bewildered, inconsistent and unsure of everything? This is a description of the ego. Let not its voice direct you. Hear instead a certain Voice Which tells you of a function given you by your Creator, Who remembers you and urges that you now remember Him. All Your pain has come from forgetting God, for You are quite busy with the ego.

13 His gentle Voice is calling from the known to the unknowing. He knows all Your needs and would supply them. He would comfort you, although He knows no sorrow. He would make a restitution, though He is complete; a gift to you, although He knows that you have everything already. Put Your trust where it rightfully belongs! He has Thoughts which answer every need His Son perceives, although He sees them not. This is Love’s Nature. For Love must give, and what is given in His Name takes on the form most useful in a world of form. As the Bible promises: Before You call, I will answer.2 Your needs are known before You perceive them.

14 These are the forms which never can deceive, although they come from Formlessness Itself. So You can perceive what is imperceptible to ego. Forgiveness is an earthly form of love which as it is in Heaven has no form. Yet what is needed here is given here as it is needed. God fills all Your needs, despite Your beliefs. In this form, you can fulfill your function even here, although what love will mean to you when formlessness has been restored to you is greater still. God’s help is right here; God’s help is right now. Salvation of the world depends on you who can forgive. Such is your function here. That sure makes it clear.

*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1Reference in Genesis 2 to ‘man’ being made from the dirt; contrary to Genesis 1; two different authors.

2 Isaiah 65:24 (God’s telephone number!) “Before they call, I will answer.” “It will also come to pass that before they call, I will answer; and while they are still speaking, I will hear.”

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 185 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-FIVE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  185

I want the peace of God. 

What does this mean? It is not the stimulation of the dream. It is a steady, even happiness, for there is just no reason to be sad. No, not in Heaven. The Heaven that exists right where You are.  And Its location has no limits, for It is everywhere. For Heaven is the State of Mind of God.

1 To say these words is nothing. As Your modern saying goes: talk is cheap. Intention is all. But to mean these words is everything. What do they promise but the end of fear? If you could but mean them for just an instant, there would be no further sorrow possible for you in any form, in any place or time. Why won’t You mean them? Because of Your addiction to the dreams. Heaven would be completely given back to full awareness, memory of God entirely restored, the resurrection of all creation fully recognized. How can You mean them? It’s so very easy: just be willing.

2 No one can mean these words and not be healed. What gets in the way of meaning them but Your unwillingness? Unwillingness to give up the dreaming. He cannot play with dreams nor think he is himself a dream. He cannot make a hell and think it real. Who can choose hell and still say they want peace? The One who makes a different choice is S/He who chooses Heaven. He wants the peace of God, and it is given him. For that is all he wants, and that is all he will receive. Many have said these words. But few indeed have meant them. You have but to look upon the world you see around you to be sure how very few they are. The world would be completely changed should any two agree these words express the only thing they want. Have You ever made a list of things that You prefer to peace? I’m glad to help You: having Your own way, having lots of money, shopping, watching television, romance, marriage and divorce, getting the very latest cell phone, and, naturally, the newest i-pad. Who needs peace, when You’ve got such nifty toys?

Ah, but for those of You who want God more, rewards are greater:

3 Two minds with one intent become so strong that what they will – their pure intention – becomes the Will of God. For minds can only join in truth. In dreams no two can share the same intent. To each the hero of the dream is different—the outcome wanted not the same for both. For the ‘hero’ or the ‘heroine’ do each want their own way. Loser and gainer merely shift about in changing patterns, as the ratio of gain to loss and loss to gain takes on a different aspect of another form. Such, the Dreamer’s ‘life’ (what passes for it).

4 Yet compromise alone a dream can bring. Sometimes it takes the form of union, but only the form. The meaning must escape the dream, for compromising is the goal of dreaming. Minds cannot unite in dreams. For the whole point of dreams is separation, not unity! They merely bargain. And what bargain can give them the peace of God? Illusions come to take His place. And what He means is lost to sleeping minds intent on compromise, each to his gain and to another’s loss. “Let Me get My way now!” screams the ego! Intent on but this one thing!

5 To mean you want the peace of God is to renounce all dreams. Oh! That asks a lot! For no one means these words who wants illusions and who therefore seeks the means which bring illusions. He wants to keep on with endless dreaming. It is no accident that You are here. A glimpse of the Peace of God shows You something that makes You new. Desire changes. Sometimes from the heart, other times boredom with the dream or even horror of it. For His own reasons, He has looked on them and found them wanting. Now he seeks to go beyond them, recognizing that another dream would offer nothing more than all the others. This realizing is quite vital, otherwise He’ll choose to die just to exit. Dreams are one to him. And he has learned their only difference is one of form, for one will bring the same despair and misery as do the rest. Now He’s hearing Home calling Him through the longing for His Peace.

6 The mind which means that all it wants is peace must join with other minds, for that is how peace is obtained. By ending the jarring experience of separation. And when the wish for peace is genuine, the means for finding it are given in a form each mind which seeks for it in honesty can understand. Whatever form the lesson takes is planned for him in such a way that he can not mistake it if his asking is sincere. We are attentive to each and every One of You who dream. So We are ready! And if he asks without sincerity, there is no form in which the lesson will meet with acceptance and be truly learned. Sincerity cannot be pretended, for it must pour out of Your deep longing.

7 Let us today devote our practicing to recognizing that we really mean the words we say. What would Your experience of Life be like if You allow Yourself to find Peace, for God and Peace are but inseparable? You got that right! The answer is Heaven. This understanding strengthens Your desire for fruition! We want the peace of God. This is no idle wish. These words do not request another dream be given us. Heaven forfend that! They do not ask for compromise nor try to make another bargain in the hope that there may yet be one which can succeed where all the rest have failed. We are done with dreams! To mean these words acknowledges illusions are in vain, requesting the eternal in the place of shifting dreams which seem to change in what they offer, but are one in nothingness. For the Eternal always is but Love, … and always loving.

8 Today devote your practice periods to careful searching of your mind to find the dreams you cherish still. For they can rise up to block Your longing. What do you ask for in your heart? Forget the words you use in making your requests. Consider but what you believe will comfort you and bring you happiness. What do You think still has value for You? Do they surprise You? But be you not dismayed by lingering illusions, for their form is not what matters now. Let not some dreams be more acceptable, reserving shame and secrecy for others. They are one. Dreams are hiding Heaven from You. Would You keep on keeping them?

9 And being one, one question should be asked of all of them: “Is this what I would have, in place of Heaven and the peace of God?” Do I really think this dream improves upon constant experience of Heaven. This is the choice you make. Be not deceived that it is otherwise. No compromise is possible in this. You choose God’s peace, or you have asked for dreams. One or the other. Dreams will block Your peace. And dreams will come as you requested them. Just as they have done for many eons since separation. Don’t stay on that road, for it must always ultimate in hell. Yet will God’s peace come just as certainly and to remain with you forever. For God is the only Reality. It will not be gone with every twist and turning of the road to reappear unrecognized in forms which shift and change with every step you take. This is the experience of dreamings.

10 You want the peace of God. And so do all who seem to seek for dreams. For them as well as for yourself you ask but this when you make this request with deep sincerity. Ignore all the blatant blandishments of ego! For it can be so convincing! Be focused and be steadfast, and You will be free along with all of Your Brothers. For thus you reach to what they really want and join your own intent with what they seek above all things, perhaps unknown to them, but sure to you. For We All are One. You have been weak at times, uncertain in your purpose and unsure of what you wanted, where to look for it, and where to turn for help in the attempt. Help has been given you. This time strengthening all Your desires. And would you not avail yourself of it by sharing it? Although We seem separated, truly We are all in this attempt together, longing for success!

11 No one who truly seeks the peace of God can fail to find it. Since It is right here. For he merely asks that he deceive himself no longer by denying to himself what is God’s Will. God knows We really have not run away, but are just a very long-time dreaming. And dreams aren’t real. Who can remain unsatisfied who asks for what he has already? Who could be unanswered who requests an answer which is his to give? The peace of God is yours. We need but Awaken to experience It forever.

No moat to swim through filled with crocodiles, all very hungry! Just a sure changing of Your mind today. Why delay longer?

12 For you it was created, given you by its Creator and established as His own eternal gift. Peace is the natural condition of Our Home: Heaven.­ How can you fail when you but ask for what He wills for you? It’s already Yours. Only Your pretenses hide Peace from You. And how could your request be limited to you alone? No gift of God can be unshared. It is this attribute that sets the gifts of God apart from every dream that ever seemed to take the place of truth. Won’t You do this small thing – change Your mind – for Yourself and every one of Your Others?

13 No one can lose and everyone must gain whenever any gift of God has been requested and received by anyone. So just keep asking, … and really mean it! God gives but to unite. To take away is meaningless to Him. And when it is as meaningless to you, you can be sure you share one Will with Him, and He with you. And you will also know you share one Will with all your brothers, whose intent is yours. You have deliberately forgotten how wonderful is One, the antithesis of separation.

14 It is this one intent we seek today, uniting our desires with the need of every heart, the call of every mind, the hope that lies beyond despair, the love attack would hide, the brotherhood that hate has sought to sever, but which still remains as God created it. We All remain One; thus can We bless each and every Brother. With help like this beside us, can we fail today as we request the peace of God be given us? Feel It descend so very gently, a dove flying into Your heart and Your mind, filling them with Peace.  Filling them with Love.

 

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 184 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-FOUR


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  184

The Name of God is my inheritance. 

As I have said before, Name here is synonymous with His Divinest Nature. That Nature is Yours.

1 You live by symbols. For You are blinded by the dream; blind to God’s Reality/ You have made up names for everything you see, when really all there is is Holy One. Each one becomes a separate entity, no longer Part of God in their own ‘mind’, identified by its own name. By this you carve it out of unity. By this you designate its special attributes and set it off from other things by emphasizing space surrounding it. This space you lay between all things to which you give a different name—all happenings in terms of place and time, all bodies which are greeted by a name. This is so different from Reality, that almost everything has been lost, while You dally in Your insane dreaming.

2 This space you see as setting off all things from one another is the means by which the world’s perception is achieved. You see something where nothing is and see as well nothing where there is unity—a space between all things, between all things and you. Hence: separation. First You separated Yourselves off from God, and then from each Other. Oneness splintered into many. Oh so very, very, very many. Thus do you think that you have given life in separation. Think for a moment: All things come from God; why would there be a need for procreation? But You must usurp all things from Him. By this split you think you are established as a unity which functions with an independent will; You have become creator of Yourself.

3 What are these names by which the world becomes a series of discrete events, of things un-unified, of bodies kept apart and holding bits of mind as separate awarenesses? For this surely is not how it is as God’s Reality. You gave these names to them, establishing perception as you wished to have perception be. In other words, You saw what You wanted, and this hasn’t changed. The nameless things – all separate parts – were given names and thus reality was given them as well. For what is named is given meaning and will then be seen as meaningful, a cause of true effects with consequence inherent in itself. So did You reshape God’s Reality, in Your dreaming mind.

4 This is the way reality is made by partial vision, purposefully set against the given truth. With but the intention to conquer it. Its enemy is wholeness. It loves fragmentation, and thrives on it. It conceives of little things and looks upon them. And a lack of space, a sense of unity or vision which sees differently become the threats which it must overcome, conflict with, and deny. No space between all things is incomprehensible, impossible, to ego. You see disconnect.

5 Yet does this other vision still remain a natural direction for the mind to channel its perception. You now begin to see the gap, the great disconnection in the mind that is the Son of God, lost long ago in dreaming. It is hard to teach the mind a thousand alien names and thousands more. Yet you believe this is what learning means—its one essential goal by which communication is achieved and concepts can be meaningfully shared.  Hence, fragmentation became the rule replacing, hiding One. The loss of Wholeness is unbearable, leading to the invention of sleeping, to gain some rellief.

6 This is the sum of the inheritance the world bestows. This is just what all of You have chosen. You made up the world!  And everyone who learns to think that it is so accepts the signs and symbols which assert the world is real. Choose for it and You get the whole shebang! It is for this they stand, quite militantly, . They leave no doubt that what is named is there. It can be seen, as is anticipated. What denies that it is true is but illusion, for it is the ultimate reality. To question it is madness; to accept its presence is the proof of sanity. You see the dream is inside out and upside-down, and cockeyed. Like going through the looking glass and then getting stuck in there.

7 Such is the teaching of the world. None of it is true! It is a phase of learning everyone who comes must go through. For You came for it, albeit so unintentionally! But the sooner he perceives on what it rests, how questionable are its premises, how doubtful its results, the sooner does he question its effects. And then will He cease to believe in it. Learning which stops with what the world would teach stops short of meaning. You have learned the lies; so many of them! In its proper place, it serves but as a starting point from which another kind of learning can begin, a new perception can be gained, and all the arbitrary names the world bestows can be withdrawn as they are raised to doubt. You will have a new way of seeing things.

8 Think not you made the world. Illusions, yes! But what is true in earth and Heaven is beyond your naming. Neither earth nor Heavenare in any way material. When you call upon a brother, it is to his body that you make appeal. His mind You believe to be his so-called ‘brain’, which You believe doe run His body.   His true identity – as the Son of God – is hidden from you by what you believe he really is: a matter mortal. His body makes response to what you call him, for his mind consents to take the name you give him as his own. And thus his unity is twice denied, for you perceive him separate from you, and he accepts this separate name as his. In such a way His Oneness is denied, right along with Yours.

9 It would indeed be strange if you were asked to go beyond all symbols of the world, forgetting them forever; You would not know how, yet were asked to take a teaching function. For this is what I am asking of You. You have need to use the symbols of the world a while. But be you not deceived by them as well. They do not stand for anything at all, yet are familiar, and in your practicing, it is this thought that will release you from them. Right now You think they are Reality; so do Those You’ll teach. They become but means by which you can communicate in ways the world can understand, but which you recognize is not the unity where true communication can be found. You will, one day, clearly understand this.

10 Thus what you need are intervals each day in which the learning of the world becomes a transitory phase—a prison house from which you go into the sunlight and forget the darkness. Does not this describe Your experience of listening to Me for this Guidance?  Through Our Communion, Here you understand the Word, the Name which God has given you; the one identity which all things share; the one acknowledgment of what is true.  This can but be experienced, not taught. You cannot yet stay. And then step back to darkness, not because you think it real, but only to proclaim its unreality in terms which still have meaning in the world which darkness rules. So You earn from Me and teach Your Others.

11 Use all the little names and symbols which delineate the world of darkness. As yet You know no others, and You will! While You wait, do not think the world is real. It is illusions, in spite of their seeming Reality. Yet accept them not as your reality. They surely aren’t! The Holy Spirit uses all of them, but He does not forget creation has one Name, one Meaning, and a single Source Which unifies all things within Itself. Don’t be frustrated with impatience, for You will understand. Already, You do know more than You think. Use all the names the world bestows on them but for convenience, yet do not forget they share the Name of God along with you. In other words, All Things are Your Brothers!

12 God has no name. Just Divine Nature. And yet His Name becomes the final lesson that all things are one, and at this lesson does all learning end. All names are unified; all space is filled with truth’s reflection.  Worry not if some of what I say is hard to understand. Every gap is closed and separation healed. The Name of God is the inheritance He gave to those who chose the teaching of the world to take the place of Heaven. The Divine Nature. Just be curious! In our practicing, our purpose is to let our minds accept what He has given as the answer to the pitiful inheritance you made as fitting tribute to the Son He loves. Oh how You are Loved!

13 No one can fail who seeks the meaning of the Name of God. Who longs to be again His Nature: Love. Experience must come to supplement the Word. And come it surely will. Do not worry. But first you must accept one Name for all reality, and realize the many names you gave its aspects have distorted what you see but have not interfered with truth at all. In other words, apply this Truth to Your Brother; then It’s Yours!  One Name we bring into our practicing. One Name we use to unify our sight. Keep remembering that You are but Love, which is God’s first Name and Nature.

14 And though we use a different name for each awareness of an aspect of God’s Son, we understand that they have but one Name, – His synonyms must be – are – all the same. They make up the One – Which He has given them. It is this Name we use in practicing. And through Its use, all foolish separations disappear which kept us blind. This is a wonderful experience! And we are given strength to see beyond them. The Beauty of this takes away My breath. I am so grateful! Now our sight is blessed with blessings we can give as we receive. Now do You begin but to experience what You don’t yet fully understand. Worry not! You will

15 Father, our Name is Yours. And Yours Our Nature. In It we are united with all living things and You Who are their one Creator. What we made and call by many different names is but a shadow we have tried to cast across Your own reality. It’s Your Reality I long to know; not My empty dreams. And we are glad and thankful we were wrong. For all Our dreams do end unpleasantly. Glad We leave them for Your Reality. All our mistakes we give to You, that we may be absolved of all effects our errors seemed to have. All things were dreaming. And we accept the truth You give in place of every one of them. Your Name is our salvation and escape from what we made. It’s Our true Nature, for We are as You, belovèd Father, belovèd Mother. Your Name unites us in the oneness which is our inheritance and peace. For We are always One with each Other. Amen.

 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 183 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-EIGHTY-THREE


ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

L e s s o n  183

I call upon God’s name and on my own. 

They must be the same in quality for God is My Father, as well as Mother. The question, then, is really: What am I?

What is the answer: I am Son of God. I am that I am. This is important! For how can I awaken believing that I’m only something called a ‘human’? For ‘human’ is ‘dirt man’, a product but of pure delusion, egregrious lies about the Son of God; the Son that You are.

Would You believe them?

1 God’s Name is holy, but no holier than yours. For what are You Son of but Holiness! To call upon His Name is but to call upon your own. In the dream this saying isn’t always truth; as Reality it surely is: Like Father, like Son. A father gives his son his name, and thus identifies the son with him. His brothers – and His sisters too – share his name, and thus are they united in a bond to which they turn for their identity. I wonder what it is I really am? Am I but ‘human’, or, even worse, some thing called a ‘mortal’? Your Father’s Name reminds you who you are, even within a world that does not know; even though you have not remembered it. Still You are the Son. Remember the Prince taken by the gypsies, wearing gypsy clothes, thinking gypsy thoughts, speaking gypsy tongue, yet still the Prince.

2 God’s Name cannot be heard without response, nor said without an echo in the mind which calls you to remember. Say His Name, and you invite the angels to surround the ground on which you stand and sing to you as they spread out their wings to keep you safe and shelter you from every worldly thought that would intrude upon your holiness. Call upon God – even as an expletive as You did once when calling Me – and S/He responds with this same Host of Angels!

3 Repeat God’s Name and all the world responds by laying down illusions. There is but one Power, and God is It! Every dream the world holds dear has suddenly gone by, and where it seemed to stand you find a star; a miracle of grace. The sick arise, healed of their sickly thoughts. The blind can see; the deaf can hear; the sorrowful cast off their mourning, and the tears of pain are dried as happy laughter comes to bless the world. Just as in that ancient prayer: the Lord Our God, the Lord is One. One God: One infinitum Presence.

4 Repeat the Name of God and little names have lost their meaning (but not their God-given Identity; no, surely not that). No temptation but becomes a nameless and unwanted thing before God’s Name. His Glory is such that all things of the dream are but outshone. Repeat His Name – God, God, God, God, God! – and see how easily you will forget the names of all the gods you value. They have lost the name of god you gave them. They become anonymous and valueless to you, although before you let the Name of God replace their little names, you stood before them worshipfully, naming them as gods. You remember how important they did seem to You; and yet they were but nothing.

5 Repeat the Name of God and call upon your Self, Whose Name is His. Like Father, like Son, when God is the Father, and the Son; therefore, the Son of God. Repeat His Name and all the tiny, nameless things on earth slip into right perspective. For His Idea is really All-Power. Those who call upon the Name of God cannot mistake the nameless for the Name, nor sin for grace, nor bodies for the holy Son of God. In other words, the Name of God – as Your Name – does free You from the dream, free You up for Reality.

6 And should you join a brother as you sit with him in silence and repeat God’s Name along with him within your quiet minds, you have established there an altar which reaches to God Himself and to His Son. Recall that I have said: “When two or more are gathered in My Name, I am there. What does that really mean, but Your willingness to gather for Me, for God, rather than for Your ego selves. Practice but this today; repeat God’s Name slowly again and still again. Become oblivious to every name but His. See God everywhere!

7 Hear nothing else. In other words, do shut up the ego! Let all your thoughts become anchored on this. God, God, God, God, God. I know I said that before! Don’t worry! Simplicity is but the holy key. No other words we use except at the beginning, when we say today’s idea but once. Or repetitions, if they are needed. Till You reach this state: And then God’s Name becomes our only thought, our only word, the only thing that occupies our minds, the only wish we have, the only sound with any meaning, and the only name of everything that we desire to see; of everything that we would call our own. And this state is on beyond amazing to spectacular!

8 Thus do we give an invitation which can never be refused. Even by the very hardest hearted. And God will come and answer it Himself. For He so Loves You! Think not He hears the little prayers of those who call on Him with names of idols cherished by the world. They cannot reach Him thus. He cannot hear requests that He be not Himself or that His Son receive another name than His. Healing comes from Your willingness and Your enthusiasm to reach out to God.

9 Repeat His Name, and you acknowledge Him as sole Creator of reality. The Name of God does bring with It Your holy understanding. And you acknowledge also that His Son is part of Him, creating in His Name. Sit silently, and let His Name become the all-encompassing idea which holds your mind completely.  For His Name cannot be separated from His pure Nature. Let all thoughts be still except this one. And to all other thoughts respond with this, and see God’s Name replace the thousand little names you gave your thoughts, not realizing that there is one Name for all there is and all that there will be. For God alone is but Reality.

10 Today you can achieve a state in which you will experience the gifts of grace. What could be better? The grace of God is everything to You. You can escape all bondage of the world and give the world the same release you found. Does this seem far-fetched or impossible? I promise You, it is quite possible! You can remember what the world forgot and offer it your own remembering. Yes! It’s possible. You can accept today the part you play in its salvation and your own as well, and both can be accomplished perfectly. I’m glad You like My rhymes, and don’t let them distract You from what I am saying here, belovèd Sister!1

11 Turn to the Name of God for your release, and it is given you. Freely You have received, as freely give. No prayer but this is necessary, for it holds them all within it. Words are insignificant and all requests unneeded when God’s Son calls on his Father’s Name. His Father’s Thoughts become his own. What is with all this “name” stuff? You wonder. Remember: name is synonymous with nature. He makes his claim to all his Father gave, is giving still, and will forever give, for Eternity. He calls on Him to let all things he thought he made be nameless now, and in their place the holy Name of God becomes his judgment of their worthlessness. He – and “He” is You – asks but for His, for Her, inheritance: daily portion from the King, forever; eternal manna. Such, the Gifts of God, given All of You.

12 All little things are silent. I speak not of little creatures here, but rather the smallness of the dream, all its limits; constricting Love; constricting Life. Little sounds are soundless now. The little things of earth have disappeared. All the pettiness of “being human”. The universe consists of nothing but the Son of God who calls upon his Father. And his Father’s Voice gives answer in his Father’s holy Name. What does this mean? With words I do my best to give expression, which You understand, to heal ongoing illusions of the sleeping Son of God. Gentle healing, giving Truth, rather than attacking error. In this eternal, still relationship, – the one You thought was forever ruptured – in which communication far transcends all words and yet exceeds in depth and height whatever words could possibly convey, – comes forth Your Knowing – is peace eternal. In our Father’s Name, we would experience this peace today. And in His Name it shall be given us. We will let God – and not ego – be Our Mind and Our Nature; be Reality.

 
 

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 171-180 Review V ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED-SEVENTY ONE  to
ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY
REVIEW V

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.


Review V

1 We now review again. This time we are ready to give more effort and more time to what we undertake. Just what is it We’re doing here, pray tell? We’re Wakening from a dream that has gone on, and on, ad nauseum for eons. Now what do I mean? What kind of a dream? The one You’re having this very instant! Right now ‘dream’ is just a word for You, for it all seems so real. We recognize we are preparing for another phase of understanding. For dreams are extremely mesmerizing.  Thus We need to go deeper, higher, in Your understanding. We would take this step completely, – quite wholeheartedly – that we may go on again more certain, more sincere, with faith upheld more surely. And more joyously! Our footsteps have not been unwavering, – We have tripped a lot, stumbled and fallen, and then arisen! – and doubts have made us walk uncertainly and slowly on the road this course sets forth. It has seemed much harder than regular ‘religion’; We cannot be indignant, even righteously! But now we hasten on, for we approach a greater certainty, a firmer purpose and a surer goal. Thus will We walk on more confidently and more steadily.

2 Steady our feet, our Father; walk here by Our side; let our doubts be quiet and our holy minds be still, and speak to us. We have no words to give to You. You need no teaching; We are the learners. We would but listen to Your Word and make it ours. Lead our practicing as does a father lead a little child along a way he does not understand. Yet does he follow, sure that he is safe because his father leads the way for him, and is trustworthy.

3 So do we bring our practicing to You. We are not meant to go the way alone. And if we stumble, You will raise us up, with Your Arms of Love. If we forget the way, we count upon Your sure remembering. We wander off, but You will not forget to call us back. For You tend Us like a loving Shepherd. Quicken our footsteps now, that we may walk more certainly and quickly unto You. And we accept the Word You offer us to unify our practicing, as we review the thoughts that You have given us, that We may be uplifted into Love.

4 This is the thought which should precede the thoughts that we review. Each one but clarifies some aspect of this thought or helps it be more meaningful, more personal and true,   Yes! Indeed! It is a wonderful idea. – and more descriptive of the holy Self we share – for We All make up the One Idea We’ve just forgotten – and now prepare to know again:

5 Gods is but Love, and therefore so am I. The eternal Fact – the eternal Face – of the Son of God.

6 This Self alone knows love. It is Love ItSelf, ever in action. This Self alone is perfectly consistent in Its thoughts, knows Its Creator, understands Itself, is perfect in Its knowledge and Its love, and never changes from Its constant state of union with Its Father and Itself. What We call Father-Mother God is not a person, per se, but is the Source of all Things that are Real and Beautiful; yet not as bodies.

For bodies appear, wax and wane, and then disappear. Is this a fit Home for the Holy Son of God? Indeed, it isn’t His Reality. Not for an instant.

There are no unholy instances in God’s Reality.  For there is but the Union of the Father and His dear One.  No-One is left out; You are included.

7 And it is This that waits to meet us at the journey’s ending. Every step we take brings us a little nearer. Nearer to what but the Living Heaven. The Heaven that You don’t die to get there; You must Live instead! This review will shorten time immeasurably if we keep in mind that This remains our goal, – wake up to Heaven, for It’s right at hand – and as we practice, it is This to which we are approaching. Let us raise our hearts from dust to life as we remember This is promised us, and that this course was sent to open up the path of light to us, and teach us, step by step, how to return to the eternal Self we thought we lost. And which has been completely forgotten. “Which self do You mean?” queries the ego. “I’m only human!”

So it believes, or it would disappear. (Good riddance to it!) For it isn’t real. It is not; You are!

Trust Your Elder Brother when I say You are not an ego!

8 I take the journey with you.  I am always by Your side, always available to You. For I share your doubts and fears – I let Myself be aware of what is going on with You; come into Your dream, stay a while, I do  – a little while, that you may come to me who recognize the road by which all fears and doubts are overcome. I am Your Partner. We walk together. I must understand uncertainty and pain, – to empathize with Your experience – although I know they have no meaning. Yet a savior – if He would save You – must remain with those he teaches, seeing what they see, but still retaining in his mind the way that led him out and now will lead you out with him. I am the link or liason between the dream. God’s Son is crucified until you walk along the road with me. For I can lead You through the maze that seems to confound Your exiting the dream for God’s Reality.

9 My resurrection comes again each time I lead a brother safely to the place at which the journey ends and is forgot, for Home has been reached. I am renewed each time a brother learns there is a way from misery and pain. They are not givens but impositions on the Son of God. I am reborn each time a brother’s mind turns to the light in him and looks for me. Why? For minds are joined, so Your Light and Your Joy are Mine as well. I have forgotten no one. Help me now to lead you back to where the journey was begun, to make another choice with me. Where once You chose for dreams and willfulness, You now can choose for God and for His Reality as well. … Much better choices!

10 Release me as you practice once again the thoughts I brought to you from Him – such Holy Spirit – Who sees your bitter need and knows the answer God has given Him, which will release You. Together we review these thoughts. Together we devote our time and effort to them. And together we will teach them to our brothers. Who know they hunger, yet know not it is for liberation. Since God would not have Heaven incomplete, All must be joyous! It waits for you as I do. I am incomplete without your part in me. And as I am made whole, we go together to our ancient home, prepared for us before time was and kept unchanged by time, immaculate and safe, as it will be at last, when time is done. “Ancient” does not describe the condition of Our Home, but how very long it is since You have been there. It is as It always was: a Place of Mind’s Perfection; so very happy, and so very holy.

11 Let this review be then your gift to me. For this alone I need—that you will hear the words I speak and give them to the world. First by living them, second by sharing. You are my voice, my eyes, my feet, my hands, through which I save the world. The Self from Which I call to you is but your own. What is the Self but Our Holy Spirit. To Him we go together. Take your brother’s hand, for this is not a way we walk alone. In him I walk with you and you with me. Our Father wills His Son be one with Him. What lives but must not then be one with you? For the Son is –must be – All-inclusive.

12 Let this review become a time in which we share a new experience for you, yet one as old as time, and older still. Your Reality as the Son of God. Hallowed your name. Your glory undefiled forever. And your wholeness now complete, as God established it. You had shut off Your Holy Self; hidden and buried It, so very long ago. It’s always been time for resurrection!  You are His Son, His belovèd One. You can be assured how much He Loves You! – completing His extension in your own. How beautiful You are to God, so very, very lovely. We practice but an ancient truth we knew before illusion seemed to claim the world, with You included. And we remind the world – and You included – that it is free of all illusions every time we say,

13 God is but Love, and therefore so am I. The sweetest words that I have ever heard.

14 With this we start each day of our review. With this we start and end each period of practice time. And with this thought we sleep, to waken once again with these same words upon our lips to greet another day. How very easy – with these words of Love – becomes forgiveness! No thought that we review but we surround with it and use the thoughts to hold it up before our minds and keep it clear in our remembrance throughout the day. And thus when we have finished this review, we will have recognized the words we speak are true. What God is must be the Truth of His Son, the belovèd One.

15 Yet are the words but aids and to be used, except at the beginning and the end of practice periods, – where We will restl gently, peacefully, in silent listening – but to recall the mind as needed to its purpose. We look for both Peace and Awakening, conditions ever-found as eternal mind-state of Heaven. We place faith in the experience that comes from practice, – Our consistency in turning always constantly to God – not the means we use. We wait for the experience – knowing it belongs to Me, Divinely – and recognize that it is only here conviction lies. We use the words, and try and try again to go beyond – not just the words but the attitude of attempting in place of succeeding – them to their meaning, which is far beyond their sound that comes to ears to encourage this holy experience. The sound grows dim and disappears as we approach the Source of meaning: God’s Reality. It is here that we find rest, and Our Peace and Joy.

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 159 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY NINE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  159

I give the miracles I have received.

For giving and receiving are the dance of joyous living. Will You come join Me?

1 No one can give what he has not received. And who can receive who does not first wish to give to Others? For a closed fist is sure not receptive. Truly comes the joy from giving much more than from receiving. To give a thing requires first you have it in your own possession. This is both obvious and overlooked. Here the laws of Heaven and the world agree. But here they also separate. The world believes that to possess a thing, it must be kept. Salvation teaches otherwise. For away it really must be given. To give is how to recognize you have received. For in sharing does Your gift expand, and keep on expanding, as it goes joyfully from hand to hand. It is the proof that what you have is yours, and always will be.

2 You understand that you are healed when you give healing. For having received the Gift, You naturally do give It. You accept forgiveness as accomplished in yourself when you forgive. Not just in words, but from the heart as well. You recognize your brother as yourself and thus do you perceive that you are whole. For without Your Others God is partial; yet must He be Whole. Why would You hide some of Your Self from You, hate a Part of You? Because You have deliberately forgotten Who You are. There is no miracle you cannot give, for all are given you. So has it always been, and will always be; You have just chosen to forget it. Receive them now by opening the storehouse of your mind where they are laid and giving them away. They are right at hand. Will to receive them; they come from Yourself.

3 Christ’s vision is a miracle. It comes from far beyond itself, for it reflects eternal love and the rebirth of love which never died but has been kept obscure. Deliberately by You, yet God has kept them safely near and extremely dear. Christ’s vision pictures Heaven, for it sees a world so like to Heaven that what God created perfect can be mirrored there. For You do Presence all the things of Good. They are Your body, nstead of ‘matter’. The ego mindset cannot wrap itself around that concept. It finds it just incomprehensible. The darkened glass the world presents can show but twisted images in broken parts. The real world pictures Heaven’s innocence, as the Son of God; the Son that You are.

4 Christ’s vision is the miracle in which all miracles are born. It knows a Reality where everything is real and good. Who wouldn’t want that? Only the ego. And since You are not an ego, then You do want miracles. It is their source, – the loving Giver – remaining with each miracle you give and yet remaining yours. God, now, everywhere! It is the bond by which the giver and receiver are united in extension here on earth as they are one in Heaven. You’ve not thought of this before, that each act of giving and receiving is like a partnership or marriage, albeit briefer than most unions (but not all of them!). Christ beholds no sin in anyone, and in His sight the sinless are as one. For He is wedded to Us All in an eternal Union. Their holiness was given by His Father and Himself. He stands for each and every One of Us.

5 Christ’s vision is the bridge between the worlds. Why? Because He can see God’s Reality within the dream. And in its power can you safely trust to carry you from this world into one made holy by forgiveness. How beautiful is that word: forgiveness; the state of being here for giving, in place of for getting. Things which seem quite solid here are merely shadows there, transparent, faintly seen, at times forgot, and never able to obscure the light that shines beyond them. Experience is much less dense there – much more appealing – in that place for giving.Holiness has been restored to vision, and the blind can see. This is a taste of Heaven while still stuck being in the world.

6 This is the Holy Spirit’s single gift— how lovingly It holds Reality for You to embrace; will You now take it? – the treasure house to which you can appeal with perfect certainty for everything that can contribute to your happiness. This is a Love so far beyond all Your imagination. A generosity that shows indeed: that it is the Father’s good pleasure to give You the Kingdom. You are so welcome! All are laid here already. All can be received but for the asking. Here the door is never locked, and no one is denied his least request or his most urgent need. There is no sickness not already healed, no lack unsatisfied, no need unmet within this golden treasury of Christ. Can this be the Truth! Yes! Indeed it is.

7 Here does the world remember what was lost when it was made. Yes, Heaven’s Kingdom. For here it is repaired, made new again but in a different light. One of great gratitude; thankfulness for God’s forgiving Love. What was to be the home of sin becomes the center of redemption and the hearth of mercy where the suffering are healed and welcome. A world born anew, this time out of Love. No one will be turned away from this new home where his salvation waits. For Love is there to welcome every One. No one is stranger to him. No one asks for anything of him except the gift of his acceptance of his welcoming. The Father-Mother’s everlasting Love for You awaits You.

8 Christ’s vision is the holy ground in which the lilies of forgiveness set their roots. Ask for His eyes through which to see Your All Your dear holy Others.This is their home. They can be brought from here back to the world, but they can never grow in its unnourishing and shallow soil. They need the light and warmth and kindly care Christ’s charity provides. Will You now give it? They need the love with which He looks on them. Let this gaze be Yours. And they become His messengers who give as they received.

These gifts of happiness now await You.

9 Take from His storehouse that its treasures may increase. The more He gives, the more there is. This is God’s great Law of Love. His lilies do not leave their home when they are carried back into the world. Their roots remain. They do not leave their source, but carry its beneficence with them and turn the world into a garden like the one they came from and to which they go again with added fragrance. You can be just like these lovely lilies. Now are they twice blessed. Twice blessed as they are. The messages they brought from Christ have been delivered and returned to them. And they return them gladly unto Him. For their hearts – oh, yes, flowers can Love just like You can – are One.

1­­0 Behold the store of miracles set out for you to give. So many need Your Love and forgiveness. Are you not worth the gift when God appointed it be given you? You know You must be, for God so Loves You. Judge not God’s Son, but follow in the way He – the Holy Spirit – has established. Christ has dreamed the dream of a forgiven world. Where God is really seen within the dream. It is His gift whereby a sweet transition can be made from death to life, from hopelessness to hope. So Christ and the Holy Spirit can join You in the dream and walk You out of it. Let us an instant dream with Him. His dream awakens us to truth. His vision gives the means for a return to our unlost and everlasting sanctity in God. Life of the forever Holy Instant.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 158 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY EIGHT

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  158

 Today I learn to give as I receive.

What have I gotten but this Love unconditional from You. This, the Love I give.  The Love My Others must receive from Me.

1 What has been given you? This, in addition to what came to You: The knowledge that you are a mind, in Mind and purely mind, sinless forever, wholly unafraid because you were created out of Love. The first thing I must say today is that the mind You are is not to be confused with ‘brain’.  For they are surely not the same. Nor have you left your Source, remaining as you were created. This was given you as knowledge which you cannot lose. It was given as well to every living thing, for by that knowledge only does it live.  As yet these words are at least somewhat meaningless to You, for rarely can You comprehend what Oneness really is as an experience and not as a theory.  The thought of Oneness as the Source of Life seems preposterous for You are sure life’s source is the body.

2 You have received all this. It is part of Your forever Knowing, which has been long forgotten in favor of separation. No one who walks the world but has received it. It is not this knowledge which you give, for that is what creation gave. It belongs to You of Reality. All this cannot be learned. What, then, are you to learn to give today? Our lesson yesterday evoked a theme found early in the text. Experience cannot be shared directly in the way that vision can. The revelation that the Father and the Son are one will come in time to every mind. “As My Father moves, so I move as well.” Yet is that time determined by the mind itself, not taught. Determined by its willingness; “its” Be-ing the mind that seems to be an ego.

3 The time is set already. It appears to be quite arbitrary. Yet there is no step along the road that anyone takes but by chance. It has already been taken by him, although he has not yet embarked on it. This meaning seems obscure to You. I’ll be glad to explain it. For time but seems to go in one direction. We but undertake a journey that is over. Yet it seems to have a future still unknown to us. I have said this before: it is as if You’re caught in a strange warp of ‘time’, like the film Groundhog Day, repeating and repeating endlessly, yet without Your knowing.

4 Time is a trick—a sleight of hand, a vast illusion in which figures come and go as if by magic. Yet there is a plan behind appearances which does not change. The script is written, for Your Wakening. When experience will come to end your doubting has been set. The possibility for it is always in the present. And it could be Now. You have been here before; You need not come again, and yet again, ad nauseum. For we but see the journey from the point at which it ended, looking back on it, imagining we make it once again; reviewing mentally what has gone by. Again and again. Even the film Meatballs – that You found so very hilarious – was no longer funny by the fourth time that You watched it. What does that tell You – every One of You – but that You are in an hypnotic state? And that repetition can trigger change. For somewhere and some-when, You are aware. Even if You have never watched Meatballs or seen Groundhog Day.

5 A teacher does not give experience because he did not learn it. It revealed itself to him at its appointed time, as the right way to do or be at just that given instant. But vision is his gift: the ability to listen, learn, and do at the present demanding instant. For it must be now. This he can give directly, for Christ’s knowledge is not lost because He has a vision He can give to anyone who asks. The Father’s Will and His are joined in knowledge. Yet there is a vision which the Holy Spirit sees because the mind of Christ beholds it too. This refers to the idea of Christ as the mediator.

6Here is the joining of the world of doubt and shadows made with the intangible. As Christ’s Holy Mind, which is Yours as well, when You allow It. Here is a quiet place within the world made holy by forgiveness and by love. Here are all contradictions reconciled, for here the journey ends. Experience, unlearned, untaught, unseen, is merely there. This is beyond our goal, – which is to arrive at that lovely, holy place of Vision –for it transcends what needs to be accomplished. Our concern is with Christ’s vision. This we can attain. For this is the needful prerequisite to clearing Vision.

7 Christ’s vision has one law. It does not look upon a body and mistake it for the Son whom God created. It knows that there is Something more and, thus, it aims to see It. It beholds a light beyond the body, – hidden by materiality yet it is still the same – an idea beyond what can be touched, a purity undimmed by errors, – the great Real of You – pitiful mistakes, and fearful thoughts of guilt from dreams of sin. Things the ego loves to munch on and keep on ruminating. Vision looks beyond to see You True. It sees no separation. And it looks on everyone, on every circumstance, all happenings, and all events without the slightest fading of the light it sees. In other words, undisturbed by the dream.

8 This can be taught and must be taught by all who would achieve it. It requires but the recognition that the world cannot give anything that faintly can compare with this in value; nor set up a goal which does not merely disappear when this has been perceived. Yet You can do this, for You are the Son! And gladly You would Love all Your Brothers. And this you give today – just this little Gift, with the greatest of ramifications! – —see no one as a body. Greet him as the Son of God he is, acknowledging that he is one with you in holiness. How do You do this? Greet Him or Her as an essential Part of Your own Consciousness that You share with Him and every single One of All Your most Holy Others.

Take a few minutes to let that sink in: Each Brother is a crucial part of My mind, and I am a crucial part of His. For Consciousness is shared by All of Us, whether seeming ‘male’ or ‘female’; forWe are the Son of God. As each Ray makes up the one Sun, so is each One of Us as essential to God.

Do You understand? Sun is Source; Rays are the expression. God is Source; and We All are God’s Expression. You are important!

9 Thus are his sins forgiven him, for Christ has vision which has power to overlook them all. For they only happened in a nightmare and never touched His Holiness at all, impossible as that may seem to You. In His forgiveness, – and clarity about Reality – they are gone. Unseen by One, they merely disappear because a vision of the holiness – God’s Reality – which lies beyond them comes to take their place. It matters not what form they took nor how enormous they appeared to be nor who seemed to be hurt by them. They are no more, and all effects they seemed to have are gone with them, undone and never to be done. They seemed to be oh so real to You, yet they were but a dream.

10Thus do you learn to give as you receive. And thus Christ’s vision looks on you as well. This lesson is not difficult to learn if you remember in your brother you but see yourself. If he be lost in sin so must you be; if you see light in him your sins have been forgiven by yourself. Loving Others is Your liberation from Your self-imposed incarceration. Each brother whom you meet today provides another chance to let Christ’s vision shine on you and offer you the peace of God. As irritating as Your neighbour was, just forgive Him. Let Him be Christ to You, and bridge to Heaven. He needs Your kindness or He would not be so irritating. Most ‘adults’ are just like little children. Give them Your patience for they, too, are Christ to You. Just Love them.

11 It matters not when revelation comes, for that is not of time; but rather it is of Eternity. Yet time has still one gift to give in which true knowledge is reflected in a way so accurate its image shares its unseen holiness; You understand what You so long completely have forgotten; its likeness shines with its immortal love. It’s just beautiful, for Love – God’s Holy Presence – always is.  We practice seeing with the eyes of Christ today. For We would have His loving Vision as We see Our Brothers. And by the holy gifts we give, Christ’s vision looks upon ourselves as well, as We remember Who We really are.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 157 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY SEVEN

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  157

 Into His Presence would I enter now.

Since I am always there already – and can be nowhere else but now here with God – then I have already entered, for there’s nowhere else to be but to be now here!

1 This is a day of silence and of trust. Quieting of the mind so that God can quite audibly be heard. It is a special time of promise in your calendar of days. It is a time Heaven has set apart to shine upon, and cast a timeless light upon this day when echoes of eternity are heard. His Presence happens not in the ordinary sense of ‘time’, as You usually experience it, but as forever. This day is holy, for it ushers in a new experience, a different kind of feeling and awareness, a sweet happiness. You have spent long days and nights in celebrating death. Today you learn to feel the joy of life.  Although You may do Your ‘best’ to hide It, It will not leave You. For You now know it is available, but for the asking. In fact, It waits happily patiently, for Your next request to do Your bidding.

2 This is another crucial turning point in the curriculum. For this is a turn from so-called ‘death’ – that pervades the entire dream – to a whole new way of living. We add a new dimension now—a fresh experience that sheds a light on all that we have learned already and prepares us for what we have yet to learn. A deepening experience of God It brings us to the door where learning ceases, and we catch a glimpse of what great and wonderful experience of heretofore unknown possibilities lies past the highest reaches it can possibly attain. It leaves us there an instant and we go beyond it, sure of our direction and our only goal. For Good is never static, but rather, unfolding always.

3 Today it will be given you to feel a touch of Heaven, – timeless encounters – though you will return to paths of learning. Yet you have come far enough along the way to alter time sufficiently to rise above its laws and walk into eternity a while. You might even find that You want to stay. For Eternity is ever-present. This you will learn to do increasingly, as every lesson, faithfully rehearsed, brings you more swiftly to this holy place and leaves you for a moment to your Self. With Whom You will soon fall deeply in Love.

What could be better? Loving Holy Spirit is to Love Christ; and Christ is You as well as Be-ing Me.

4 He will direct your practicing today, for what you ask for now is what He wills. This may seem like a surrender, yet all You need give up is Your be-ing alone. And having joined your will with His this day, what you are asking must be given you. His Will is Divine. Nothing is needed but today’s idea to light your mind and let it rest in still anticipation and in quiet joy wherein you quickly leave the world behind. For a place of the sweetest peace that is imaginable.

5 From this day forth, your ministry takes on a genuine devotion and a glow that travels from your fingertips to those you touch and blesses those you look upon. Your deep desire to both bless and heal unfolds with blooming flowers heady with Love’s sweetest fragrance. A vision reaches everyone you meet, and everyone you think of, or who thinks of you. EveryOne is blessed by Your new ability to see each One’s Divinity. For your experience today will so transform your mind that it becomes the touchstone for the holy Thoughts of God. You need but be willing to allow it.

6 Your body will be sanctified today, – a holy vessel carrying Your Love – its only purpose being now to bring the vision of what you experience this day to light the world. Thus You must be visible to eyes that cannot see the Truth. We cannot give experience like this directly.  Still, it can be felt, if not understood. Yet it leaves a vision in our eyes which we can offer everyone – who is willing to see something new now, within Our eyes and out there in the world – that he may come the sooner to the same experience in which the world is quietly forgot and Heaven is remembered for a while. Or even longer!

7 As this experience increases and all goals but this become of little worth, – as God and Love increase, becoming more and more appealing – the world to which you will return becomes a little closer to the end of time, a little more like Heaven in its ways, a little nearer its deliverance. Why is this? Because consciousness is shared, and You bring to it more illumination as Your mind is filling up with Love. And you who bring it light will come to see the light more sure, the vision more distinct. For Your eyes of Love become accustomed to the brighter light, which fills You with joy.

8 The time will come when you will not return in the same form in which you now appear, for you will have no need of it. Yet now it has a purpose and will serve it well. It is not quite time to experience Yourself as Spirit. Unless there be an emergency, which would thus then make it a necessity. Today we will embark upon a course you have not dreamed of. But the Holy One, the Giver of the happy dreams of life, Translator of perception into truth, the holy Guide to Heaven given you has dreamed for you this journey which you make and start today with the experience this day holds out to you to be your own.  You are asking Me – vis a vis the preceding statement – whether You can dream Awakening, and wake up? Indeed, for brief instances. You have had several experiences which results saved Your lives. This is to be expected when You reach out to God with all Your heart, soul, and mind.

9 Into Christ’s Presence will we enter now, serenely unaware of everything except His shining face and perfect Love. Which belong to You, as well as to He. The vision of His face will stay with you, but there will be an instant which transcends all vision, even this, the holiest. Somewhere, within, You know of which I speak. This you will never teach, for you attained it not through learning. Yet the vision speaks of your remembrance of what you knew that instant and will surely know again. For It is – and thus it always has been – Our Reality.

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 156 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY SIX

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  156

 I walk with God in perfect holiness.

For perfect is literally “pure fact”; and since God is My only Source, and God is very holy, I must be so too.

Wow! That’s very neat. Then I can’t be a so-called ‘human’; nor can You; so We must All then be Divine. Sing halleljah!

1 Today’s idea but states the simple truth that makes the thought of sin impossible.  For what is True of God is True of You, for He is Our Source. Sing glory hallelujah once again! It promises there is no cause for guilt, and being causeless it does not exist. Despite these awful dreams that We have dreamed – and keep on dreaming – We’re All still holy. It follows surely from the basic thought so often mentioned in the text—ideas leave not their source.  Since God is so very Holy, I must be so holy too. If this be true, how can you be apart from God? How could you walk the world alone and separate from your Source? I’ve left not My Source; it’s impossible!

2 We are not inconsistent in the thoughts that we present in our curriculum. To understand what I’m saying, the thoughts must be accepted. I am consistent. Thus I ask You to be consistent too. Truth must be true throughout if it be true. It cannot contradict itself nor be in parts uncertain and in others sure. As do changeable human opinions, shifting with the tides. You cannot walk the world apart from God because you could not be without Him. Could You be anywhere without Your mind being there as well? How could You know it? He is what your life is. Consciousness Divine, awaiting Your experience of It. Where you are, He is. It’s very simple! There is one Life. That Life you share with Him. Nothing can be apart from Him and live. Reality can’t ever be apart from Him, period. Exclamation point! That’s the way it is!

3 Yet where He is there must be holiness as well as life. For all of Life’s Reality is – must be – very Holy. Sing hallelujah! Are You getting how very wonderful it is to hear this in this dream of hell? This Holiness of which We speak is always omnipresent! There is nothing else! No attribute of His remains unshared by everything that lives. What lives is holy as Himself because what shares His life is part of Holiness and could no more be sinful than the sun could choose to be of ice, the sea elect to be apart from water, or the grass to grow with roots suspended in the air. Can I be clearer? Reality is omnipresent Good, and Reality is very holy. Look around. Ask for the scales to fall from Your eyes that You may see Reality.

For Your request surely will be answered.

4 There is a Light in you – and in Your Others – Which cannot die, Whose Presence is so holy that the world is sanctified because of you. All things – They, too, are Holy – that live bring gifts to you and offer them in gratitude and gladness at your feet. The scent of flowers is their gift to you. The waves bow down before you, and the trees extend their arms to shield you from the heat and lay their leaves before you on the ground that you may walk in softness, while the wind sinks to a whisper round your holy head. All of what You call ‘nature’ does truly Love and adore You.

You have no idea just how much You’re loved, and how safe You are.

5 The Light in you is what the universe longs to behold. All living things are still before you, for they recognize Who walks with you, and Who walks as You. The light you carry is their own, and thus they see in you their holiness, saluting you as savior and as God. Do You understand all things are Holy? Accept their reverence, for it is due to Holiness itself Which walks with you, – the Holiness Itself which walks as You; for there is not – there just cannot be – any separation – transforming in Its gentle Light all things into Its likeness and Its purity. So very holy.

6 This is the way salvation works. As you – ego sense of self – step back, the Light in you – which is Be-ing You – steps forward and encompasses the world. It heralds not the end of sin in punishment and death. It dismisses sin, making it unreal.  In lightness and in laughter is it gone, because its quaint absurdity is seen. Nothing but nonsense in this grand Universe of so much Love. It is a foolish thought, a silly dream, not frightening, ridiculous perhaps, but who would waste an instant in approach to God Himself for such a senseless whim? Such idiocy. Why have You peseverated on it?  It must be ego.

7 Yet you have wasted many, many years on just this foolish thought. Pure insanity. Time to dismiss it. The past is gone with all its fantasies. Do not drag it back; why don’t You let go of the addictions to the many facets of the dreaming? They keep you bound no longer. You’re aready free! The approach to God is near. Closer than Your breath. And in the little interval of doubt which still remains, you may perhaps lose sight of your Companion, and mistake Him for the senseless, ancient dream that now is past. Having now been forwarned, do not do it.

Fire the ego; take charge of Yourself!

8 Who walks with me?” Who walks with Me but God’s Holy Spirit. This question should be asked a thousand times a day, till certainty has ended doubting and established peace. Today let doubting cease. Relax, breathe deeply! God speaks for you in answering your question with these words:

9 I walk with God in perfect holiness. He companions Me. He lifts Me up to be right next to He. He is always subject, never object. For He is the Source, the Revelator of Reality.

In this grand and awesome realization:
    I light the world, I light my mind and all
The minds which God created one with me. 
Everlasting brilliance shining as just every single thing!

For God   must be always all-inclusive.

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 155 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY FIVE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  155

 I will step back and let him lead the way.

I’d best, since I don’t know where I’m going, or what would be best!

1 There is a way of living in the world that is not here, although it seems to be. It is through Be-ing  joined in an holy, Divine Communion. It is not a religious rite but rather that You are literally in a constant conversation with Your Divinity, also known as Holy Spirit. You do not change appearance, though you smile more frequently. (For this is a happy way of Be-ing.)Your forehead is serene; –there’s no tension held – your eyes are quiet (As You always take Your resting safely; God at Your right hand.). And the ones who walk the world as you do recognize their own. Yet those who have not yet perceived the way will recognize you also and believe that you are like them as you were before. Thus are You become the liason between what You used to think You were and what You now know You are.

Yet do You look same enough to be a help to Your Brothers.

 

2 The world is an illusion, although it seems real. Those who choose to come to it are seeking for a place where they can be illusions and avoid their own reality. Pure insanity. Yet when they find their own reality is even here, then they step back and let it lead the way. They, that is, who are not hard-core dreamers. What other choice is really theirs to make? Yet many choose to believe illusions. To let illusion walk ahead of truth is madness, but to let illusion sink behind the truth and let the truth stand forth as what it is, is simple sanity. (And also happiness!)

3This is the simple choice we make today. (choosing Sanity) The mad illusion will remain awhile in evidence for those to look upon who chose to come and have not yet rejoiced to find they were mistaken in the choice. Unfortunately, there are billions of relentless Dreamers. You might say: hard-core! They cannot learn directly from the truth, because they have denied that it is so. They won’t listen, so then They need to have a good example. And so they need a teacher who perceives their madness, but who still can look beyond illusion to the simple truth in them. Because S/He already knows the Truth within Her holy Self, or, perhaps His Self. Truth is not restricted to a gender.

The One Son overrides all old beliefs of foolish Dreamers.

4 If truth demanded they give up the world, it would appear to them as if it asked the sacrifice of something that is real. A thing that seems to be unbearable, at least to ego; for the world is but ego ‘creation’; yet really it is nothing more than a blatant fantasy. Many have chosen to renounce the world while still believing its reality, and they have suffered from a sense of loss and have not been released accordingly. They insist to see themselves as martyrs. This point of view leads One not to waking. Others have chosen nothing but the world, and they have suffered from a sense of loss still deeper, which they did not understand. For They expected satisfaction from the world, and could only end up extremely disappointed.

“Such is life,” They might say, understanding Life that is God, not even a little!

So thinks the ego, not looking higher, or even deeper

5 Between these paths there is another road that leads away from loss of every kind,  – Heaven here and now is its focus and its destination! – for sacrifice and deprivation both are quickly left behind. Expectancy of present good so happily takes over. This is the way appointed for you now. You walk this path as others walk, nor do you seem to be distinct from them although you are indeed. Although it seems to be right there, the road You walk is different. They expect their path will lead to dying, while You expect to ultimate in Life! Thus can you serve them while you serve yourself and set their footsteps on the way which God has opened up to you, and them through you. For They’ll notice that Your attitude is somehow different. Next They will be curious, and then They’ll be interested.

6 Illusion still appears to cling to you that you may reach them. In other words, You look just as They do, and, yet, something different speaks to them from Your demeanor. Yet it has stepped back, and it is not illusion that they hear you speak of nor illusion which you bring their eyes to look on and their minds to grasp. They know that You know something good, and They want to know this good too, along with You. Now can the truth, which walks ahead of you, – as well as behind and beside You too, for It’s everywhere – speak to them through illusion, for the road leads past illusion now, while on the way you call to them that they may follow you. Although the road does seem the same to them, it leads somewhere that is quite different.

Most roads in the dream lead to more dreaming! Broad and wide are those ways which can lead You to destruction. Strait and narrow is the path to Life; few there be that find it.1

7All roads will lead to this one in the end. Eventually You will come gladly Home to God, and surely not by ‘dying’. For sacrifice and deprivation are paths which lead nowhere, choices for defeat, and aims which will remain impossible. This is most assuredly not the way that We are teaching. All this steps back as truth comes forth in you – Your living Presence – to lead your brothers from the ways of death and set them on the way to happiness. Their suffering is but illusion, although it seems real. Yet they need a guide to lead them out of it, for they mistake illusion for the truth. Which keeps the Son of God in endless dreams.

 

8 Such is salvation’s call, and nothing more. It asks that you accept the truth, – God is Love, and God is Your Life as well – and let it go before you, lighting up the path of ransom from illusion. It is not a ransom with a price. Truth can only give! There is no cost, but only gain. Illusion can but seem to hold in chains the holy Son of God. It is but from illusions he is saved. As they step back, he finds himself again.  For the Son of God could never be lost, but only hidden.

9Walk safely now, yet carefully, because this path is new to you. The ego wants You to stumble, then fall. You need not heed it. It cares not for You, but for temptation. And you may find that you are tempted still to walk ahead of truth and let illusions be your guide. But please don’t do it! Your holy brothers have been given you to follow in your footsteps as you walk with certainty of purpose to the truth. It goes before you now, that they may see something with which they can identify, something they understand to lead the way. Truth must be Your Guide.

10 Yet at the journey’s ending there will be no gap, no distance between truth and you. And all illusions walking in the way you travelled will be gone from you as well, with nothing left to keep the truth apart from God’s completion, holy as Himself. You trust My words, for I would never think of lying to You. The means do not justify the ends, for the means are but the way unto the ends. Step back in faith, and let truth lead the way. You know not where you go, but One Who knows goes with you. Let Him lead you with the rest.

Therefore, learn to be content to follow.  The destination surely is worthwhile.

11 When dreams are over, time has closed the door on all the things that pass, and miracles are purposeless, – for all things simply are miraculous – the holy Son of God will make no journeys. Heaven is right here! No need to travel. There will be no wish to be illusion rather than the truth. And we step forth toward this as we progress along the way that truth points out to us. Ever-obedient to Our Maker. This is our final journey, which we make for everyone. We must not lose our way. For as truth goes before us, so it goes before our brothers who will follow us. Truth is Our ever Guide, Our ever-present God Companion.

12 We walk to God. Pause and reflect on this. Could any way be holier or more deserving of your effort, of your love, and of your full intent? Could there be a better destination?You know there isn’t! What way could give you more than everything – God is never partial in any way, whether with His Gifts or preferences; can You go beyond “more than everything”? Obviously not! –  or offer less and still content the holy Son of God? We walk to God. The truth that walks before us now is one with Him and leads us to where He has always been. Heaven’s Harmony, right here and right now, quite available! What way but this could be a path that you would choose instead? This is Sanity.

13 Your feet are safely set upon the road which leads the world to God.  You will not wander. Look not to ways that seem to lead you elsewhere.  They are serpent lies, leading not to Life. Dreams are not a worthy guide for you who are God’s Son. The Son of God must now be Awakened! Forget not He has placed His hand in yours and given you your brothers in His trust that you are worthy of His trust in you. Feel Love surrounding and embracing You. In Love You live and move and breathe God’s Life. The ego is always trying to deceive the Son of God. He cannot be deceived. His trust has made your pathway certain and your goal secure. You will not fail your brothers nor your Self. Your Elder Brother has supreme confidence in All of You.

14 And now He asks but that you think of Him a while – or even longer – each day that He may speak to you and tell you of His Love, – which will melt Your heart – reminding you how great His trust, how limitless His Love: It is Eternal. In your name and His own, which are the same, we practice gladly with this thought today:

15 I will step back and let Him lead the way, – I so respect Him – For I would walk along the road to Him. For He knows exactly where We’re going and how to get there! He goes straight to God, also known as forever Life and Love.

*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1 Matthew 7:14

Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you:

For every one that asketh receiveth; and s/he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.

Or what man is there of you, whom if his son ask bread, will he give him a stone?

10 Or if he ask a fish, will he give him a serpent?

11 If ye then, being evil, know how to give good gifts unto your children, how much more shall your Father which is in heaven give good things to them that ask him?

12 Therefore all things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them: for this is the law and the prophets.

13 Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat:

14 Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.

17 Even so every good tree bringeth forth good fruit; but a corrupt tree bringeth forth evil fruit.

18 A good tree cannot bring forth evil fruit, neither can a corrupt tree bring forth good fruit.

19 Every tree that bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.

20 Wherefore by their fruits ye shall know them.

21 Not every one that saith unto me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven; but he that doeth the will of my Father which is in heaven.

22 Many will say to me in that day, Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in thy name? and in thy name have cast out devils? and in thy name done many wonderful works?

23 And then will I profess unto them, I never knew you: depart from me, ye that work iniquity.

24 Therefore whosoever heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them, I will liken him unto a wise man, which built his house upon a rock:

25 And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell not: for it was founded upon a rock.

26 And every one that heareth these sayings of mine, and doeth them not, shall be likened unto a foolish man, which built his house upon the sand:

27 And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds blew, and beat upon that house; and it fell: and great was the fall of it.

28 And it came to pass, when Jesus had ended these sayings, the people were astonished at his doctrine:

29 For he taught them as one having authority, and not as the scribes.

 

 
 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 154 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY FOUR

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  154

 I am among the ministers of God.

This is not boasting. It simply means that I am here for giving; to minister to Sisters and to Brothers, meeting needs of their saddened hearts. Sooner or later dreams are heartbreaking.

Another word for ‘ministry’ is Love.

1 Let us today be neither arrogant nor falsely humble. We have gone beyond such foolishness. This is Our job, and there are many needs to be met today. We cannot judge ourselves, nor need we do so. These are but attempts to hold decision off, and to delay commitment to our function.  We’re just here to Love, which will do the job, as long as It’s real. It is not our part to judge our worth, nor can we know what role is best for us; what we can do within a larger plan we cannot see in its entirety. All We need do is listen carefully to Holy Spirit. and do the bidding of Father-Mother as it comes through Him. Our part is cast in Heaven, not in hell. And what we think is weakness can be strength; what we believe to be our strength is often arrogance. Thus We exchange thinking for Listening.

2 Whatever your appointed role may be, it was selected by the Voice for God, Whose function is to speak for you as well. Your function is to always be willing. Seeing your strengths exactly as they are and equally aware of where they can be best applied, for what, to whom, and when, He chooses and accepts your part for you. He does not work without your own consent, but He is not deceived in what you are and listens only to His Voice in you. What am I saying here to You today but that the You I really know is always Holy Spirit (and not the human personality).

3 It is through His ability to hear One Voice Which is His own that you become aware at last there is One Voice in you. Holy Spirit, infinitely expressed by each One of Us. And that One Voice appoints your function and relays it to you, giving you the strength to understand it, do what it entails, and to succeed in everything you do that is related to it. Not only that, but listening to the Voice and following its directions make You very happy. God has joined His Son in this, and thus His Son becomes His messenger of unity with Him. I said two thousand years ago: “As my Father moves, I move.”

4 It is this joining through the Voice of God of Father and of Son that sets apart salvation from the world. The chaos of the world is each One moving on their own, dancing discordent steps to a different drum, oblivious to any other dance.  Listening to the Voice brings harmony, and a dance of exquisite Unity.  It is this Voice which speaks of laws the world does not obey, – of a Love which is universal, caring for all Others – which promises salvation from all sin, with guilt abolished in the mind that God created sinless, of happy freedom. Now this mind becomes aware again of Who created it, and of His lasting union with itself. No longer is there separation, but happy reunion. So is its Self the one reality in which its will and that of God are joined. The prodigal has come back Home again.

5 A messenger does not elect to make the message he delivers, but gladly dispatches what S/He’s given. Nor does he question the right of him who does nor ask why he has chosen those who will receive the message that he brings. It is enough that he accept it, bring it to the ones for whom it is appointed, and fulfill his role in its delivery. S/He understands that Something is at work much greater  than S/He, and helps gratefully. If he determines what the messages should be or what their purpose is or where they should be carried, he is failing to perform his proper part as bringer of the Word.

6 There is one major difference in the role of Heaven’s messengers which sets them off from those the world appoints. The messages which they deliver are intended first for them. Thus must the messenger be willing now to understand them. And it is only as they can accept them for themselves that they become able to bring them further and to give them everywhere that they were meant to be, quite successfully. Like earthly messengers, they did not write the messages they bear, but they become their first receivers in the truest sense, receiving to prepare themselves to give. In other words, what You get, You must give. And the recipients must share as well.

7 An earthly messenger fulfills his role by giving all the messages away. The messengers of God perform their part by their acceptance of His messages as for themselves and show they understand the messages by giving them away. Willingness to understand is crucial.They choose no roles that are not given them by His authority. And so they gain by every message which they give away.

As Saint Francis said: It is but in giving that You receive. This will be Our theme.

8 Would you receive the messages of God? They are given You at every potential Holy Instant. What makes the Instant Holy is that You will toreceive It. For thus do you become His messengers. You are chosen by Your receptivity and willingness. You are appointed now. And yet you wait to give the messages you have received, and so you do not know that they are yours and do not recognize them. No one can receive and understand he has received until he gives. For in the giving is his own acceptance of what he received.  So I thank You for Your willingness to listen and to share.

9 You who are now the messengers of God receive His messages, for that is part of your appointed role. And in receiving, make sure to listen, for the messages are come first for You. God has not failed to offer what you need, nor has it been left unaccepted. Yet another part of your appointed task is yet to be accomplished. He Who has received for you the messages of God would have them be received by you as well. For thus do you identify with Him and claim your own. So do You remember that You are Christ as well as He is.

And Christ is One Mind that’s shared together. Our Oneness is the Meaning of the Christ. It must include everyOne to be the Holy Son of God.

10 It is this joining that we undertake to recognize today. It has been ignored for eons; for the separation was not of bodies but minds that thought they could go their separate ways, think apart from Him. That must be over. We will not seek to keep our minds apart from Him Who speaks for us, for it is but our voice we hear as we attend Him. For We are truly Christ as well as He. He alone can speak to us and for us, joining in One Voice the getting and the giving of God’s Word, the giving and receiving of His Will. This so beautiful Communion is nothing short of Heaven.

11 We practice giving Him what He would have that we may recognize His gifts to us. To know what He wants Us to do, We must listen for His Voice most attentively. We gladly let His Voice speak from Our mouths. He needs our voice that He may speak through us. He needs our hands to hold His messages and carry them to those whom He appoints. He needs our feet to bring us where He wills, that those who wait in misery may be at last delivered. And He needs our will united with His own, that we may be the true receivers of the gifts He gives. And He does need Our lives to be consecrated just to He.1 Each Holy Instant of Our days, consecrated to His ways.

12 Let us but learn this lesson for today: we will not recognize what we receive until we give it. To be a minister, You must minister to all Others! You have heard this said a hundred times, – all different ways – and yet belief is lacking still. But this is sure—until belief is given it, you will receive a thousand miracles – wrapped up in Your self, You might not ever even notice them – and then receive a thousand more – without noticing – but will not know that God Himself has left no gift beyond what you already have nor has denied the tiniest of blessings to His Son. Dreamers ignore them, being all wrapped up in self-centeredness. What can this mean to you until you have identified with him and with his own? Yearn now for a much higher, better sense of self than You have. This Divine Right is already Yours, waiting for acceptance.

13 Our lesson for today is stated thus:

14 I am among the ministers of God,
And I am grateful that I have the means
By which to recognize that I am free.
This is something that I must choose to be.

15 The world recedes as we light up our minds and realize these holy words are true. They are the message sent to us today from our Creator. We would accept it, and most gratefully. Now we demonstrate how they have changed our minds about ourselves and what our function is. For as we prove that we accept no will we do not share, our many gifts from our Creator will spring to our sight and leap into our hands, and we will understand what we received. This experience is very precious. Even marvelous is not to great a word for all these priceless gifts. l

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 153 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY THREE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  153

 In my defenselessness my safety lies.

Are there words more beautiful than these? I don’t think there could be. For they must mean that You are safe with all Your Others. Why? For there is only Love. All God’s Revelation must be gentle, even dinosaurs and havelinas.

The entire Universe is gentle; quite benign and kind.

1 You who feel threatened by this changing world, its twists of fortune and its bitter jests, its brief relationships and all the “gifts” it merely lends to take away again, attend this lesson well.

For this cannot be God’s Reality.

The world provides no safety. It is rooted in attack and all its “gifts” of seeming safety are illusory deceptions.

It’s not just a bad dream, it’s a nightmare!

It attacks and then attacks again. No peace of mind is possible where danger threatens thus.

Peace of Mind is found by living Your way to Heaven, which also is right here where the nightmare’s playing.

Let Us look at this world You’ve invented!

2 The world gives rise but to defensiveness. For threat brings anger, anger makes attack seem reasonable, honestly provoked, and righteous in the name of self defense.

You’re far more important than that Other.

Yet is defensiveness a double threat. For it attests to weakness and sets up a system of defense that cannot work.

For need to defend must attest to fear. And fear shows weakness.

Now are the weak still further undermined,

– and that much weaker –

for there is treachery without and still a greater treachery within. The mind is now confused and knows not where to turn to find escape from its imaginings.

Imaginings it deems Reality!

Its self-generated fear has made it quite weak and foolish.

3 It is as if a circle held it fast, wherein another circle bound it, and another in that one, until escape no longer can be hoped for nor obtained.

It’s trapped in a maze that has no exit, way over its head.

Attack, defense; defense, attack, become the circles of the hours and the days that bind the mind in heavy bands of steel with iron overlaid, returning but to start again. There seems to be no break nor ending in the ever-tightening grip of imprisonment upon the mind.

Yet is the Nature of God the One Thing that is Eternal.  What is It but Love.

4 Defenses are the costliest of all the prices which the ego would exact.

Why is this? Because they but think of self; i.e. they are quite self-centered. You think not of Others when in defensive mode. Can You deny this? I didn’t think You would.

In them lies madness in a form so grim that hope of sanity seems but to be an idle dream, beyond the possible.

And what can that bring to You but despair?

The sense of threat the world encourages

– dangers lurking around every corner –

is so much deeper and so far beyond the frenzy and intensity of which you can conceive that you have no idea of all the devastation it has wrought. You are its slave. You know not what you do in fear of it. You do not understand how much you have been made to sacrifice who feel its iron grip upon your heart.

Would You fear if You knew You were Spirit? You know You wouldn’t. Yet do You cling to materiality as if it were Your saviour rather than destroyer.

5 You do not realize what you have done to sabotage the holy peace of God by your defensiveness.

Your belief in guilt.

For you behold the Son of God as but a victim to attack by fantasies, by dreams, and by illusions he has made; yet helpless he is in their presence, needful only of defense by still more fantasies and dreams by which illusions of his safety comfort him.

Again, We’re speaking here of the Son of God! Belovèd One of Father-Mother God! How could this ever be Reality? What else could be the answer: Well, it’s not!

6 Defenselessness is strength. It testifies to recognition of the Christ in you.

Your incredible invincibility! Christ as You is but forever!

Perhaps you will recall the course maintains that choice is always made between His strength and your own weakness seen apart from Him. Defenselessness can never be attacked because it recognizes strength so great attack is folly or a silly game a tired child might play when he becomes too sleepy to remember what he wants.

“Tired child” You are; tired of all this fear-mongering materiality! Longing to find God’s Heaven here and now. It’s available. Why not change Your modus operandi?

7 Defensiveness is weakness. It proclaims you have denied the Christ

– for Christ is fearless –

and come to fear His Father’s anger. What can save you now from your delusion of an angry god whose fearful image you believe you see at work in all the evils of the world?

What insane theology You believe.  

What but illusions could defend you now, when it is but illusions which you fight?

Think You that they’re real? Somewhere deep within You know they aren’t.

8 We will not play such childish games today.

Since We have so much better things to do.

For our true purpose is to save the world, and we would not exchange for foolishness the endless joy our function offers us.

Although We’ve done it, now We will to stop!

We would not let our happiness slip by because a fragment of a senseless dream happened to cross our minds, and we mistook the figures in it for the Son of God, its tiny instant for eternity.

We’ve stayed trapped by insanity since then.

Today We have another chance to do something different. How wonderful! Let’s take the opportunity together!

9 We look past dreams today and recognize­­ that we need no defense because we are created unassailable, without all thought or wish or dream in which attack has any meaning.

And  dreams aren’t real! We can walk past them right into Reality if We but choose. Nothing stops Us.

Now we cannot fear, for we have left all fearful thoughts behind.

Good riddance to them! They’re just bad rubbish!

And in defenselessness we stand secure, serenely certain of our safety now, sure of salvation; sure we will fulfil our chosen purpose as our ministry extends its holy blessing through the world.

We’re bringing Heaven’s gentle touch to All.

10 Be still a moment,

– the hush fills with joy –

and in silence think how holy is your purpose,

– how precious to You –

how secure you rest, untouchable within its light. God’s ministers have chosen that the truth be with them. Who is holier than they? Who could be surer that his happiness is fully guaranteed? And who could be more mightily protected?

Protected by what? By Your wish to give instead of getting.

What defense could possibly be needed now by those who are among the chosen ones of God by His election and their own as well?

Great hallelujah!

11 It is the function of God’s ministers to help their brothers choose as they have done.

By setting such a wonderful example of their extreme happiness and peace.

God has elected all, but few have come to realize His Will is but their own.

Preferring to exert self-will instead!

And while you fail to teach what you have learned, salvation waits and darkness holds the world in grim imprisonment.

Right along with You!

Nor will you learn that light has come to you, and your escape has been accomplished. For you will not see the light until you offer it to all your brothers. As they take it from your hands, so will you recognize it as your own.

As Saint Francis said: It is in giving that We do receive.

12 Salvation can be thought of as a game that happy children play. It was designed by One Who loves His children, and Who would replace their fearful toys with joyous games which teach them that the game of fear is gone.

And with this lesson comes such great relief.

His game instructs in happiness because there is no loser.  

This game does bring the end of any fear.

Everyone who plays must win, and in his winning is the gain to everyone ensured.  

Playing this makes everyOne a winner!

The game of fear is gladly laid aside when children come to see the benefits salvation brings.

Who wants cheap thrills when they can have the Love of God forever!

13 You who have played that you are lost to hope, abandoned by your Father, left alone in terror in a fearful world made mad by sin and guilt, be happy now. That game is over.  

Those cheap thrills from fear really weren’t fun.

Now a quiet time has come in which we put away the toys of guilt and lock our quaint and childish thoughts of sin forever from the pure and holy minds of Heaven’s children and the Son of God. We pause but for a moment more to play our final happy game upon this earth. And then we go to take our rightful place where truth abides and games are meaningless.

This isn’t dying; it’s resurrection!

14 So is the story ended.

Not of Your Life – for that is Eternal – but of the nightmare of separation.

Let this day bring the last chapter closer to the world that everyone may learn the tales he reads of terrifying destiny, defeat of all his hopes, his pitiful defense against a vengeance he can not escape, are but his own deluded fantasies.

Never, ever, were they Reality!

God’s ministers have come to waken him from the dark dreams this story has evoked in his confused, bewildered memory of this distorted tale. God’s Son can smile at last on learning that it is not true.

Breathe signs of relief!

15 Today we practice in a form we will maintain for quite a while. We will begin each day by giving our attention to the daily thought as long as possible. Five minutes now becomes the least we give to preparation for a day in which salvation is the only goal we have. Ten would be better; 15 better still. And as distraction ceases to arise to turn us from our purpose, we will find that half an hour is too short a time to spend with God.

What a joyous discovery that is! How very happy!

Nor will we willingly give less at night in gratitude and joy.

This communion constantly becomes more and more appealing.

16 Each hour adds to our increasing peace, as we remember to be faithful to the Will we share with God.

The more time with God, the less misery, till all Our days are gladly spent with Him.

At times, perhaps, a minute, even less, will be the most that we can offer as the hour strikes. Sometimes we will forget. At other times the business of the world will close on us, and we will be unable to withdraw a little while and turn our thoughts to God.

Such reasons are but ego distractions.

17 Yet when we can, we will observe our trust as ministers of God in hourly remembrance of our mission and His Love.

For Our gratitude is overflowing.

And we will quietly sit by and wait on Him and listen to His Voice and learn what He would have us do the hour that is yet to come,

– Our time is His now –

while thanking Him for all the gifts He gave us in the one gone by.

18 In time, with practice, you will never cease to think of Him and hear His loving Voice guiding your footsteps into quiet ways where you will walk in true defenselessness, for you will know that Heaven goes with you. Nor would you keep your mind away from Him a moment, even though your time is spent in offering salvation to the world.

You will move as One with the Love of God.

Think you He will not make this possible for you who chose to carry out His plan for the salvation of the world and yours?

For His gratitude for Your return is over-flowing.

19 Today our theme is our defenselessness. We clothe ourselves in it as we prepare to meet the day.

Thus We greet all Others in a way most benign and loving.

We rise up strong in Christ and let our weakness disappear as we remember that His strength abides in us.

For We are Christ as well as He, and Love to bless Our Others.

We will remind ourselves that He remains beside us through the day and never leaves our weakness unsupported by His strength.

We are strong with He. (Don’t mind the grammar.)

20 We call upon His strength each time we feel the threat of our defenses undermine our certainty of purpose. We will pause a moment as He tells us, “I am here.”

This truth is useful in any circumstance that may arise.

Your practicing will now begin to take the earnestness of love to help you keep your mind from wandering from its intent.

You are a belovèd worker in the vineyard of God’s Love.

21 Be not afraid nor timid.

Love dismisses fear.

There can be no doubt that you will reach your final goal.

Your willingness and My support are all that’s ever needed.

The ministers of God can never fail because the love and strength and peace that shine from them to all their brothers come from Him. These are His gifts to you.

Gladly accept them.

Defenselessness is all you need to give Him in return.

For You are no longer blocking His Gifts.

You lay aside but what was never real to look on Christ and see His sinlessness.

Here, there, everywhere.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 152 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY TWO

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  152

 The power of decision is my own.

Will I choose for happiness or opt for suffering? It depends on what I want. Choice is always Ours, in this case, Mine.

1 No one can suffer loss unless it be his own decision. I hear Your words, and they are sometimes hard to take. Difficult enough that bad things happen; now You’re saying that it’s My choice! Indeed, that is just what I’m saying here! No one suffers pain except his choice elects this state for him. No one can grieve nor fear nor think him sick unless these are the outcomes that he wants. And no one dies without his own consent. Nothing occurs but represents your wish, and nothing is omitted that you choose. Do You disagree with this vehemently, yelling: I’m not doing this to Me!. S/He is doing it! Here is your world, complete in all details. Here is its whole reality for you. And it is only here salvation is.

Okay, I think I’m getting this. Is it that We script Our dreams here (that We call lifetimes) and then choose to forget so We don’t spoil the thrill of this addiction We have to endless dreaming?

2 You may believe that this position is extreme and too inclusive to be true. Can You really be responsible for this endless suffering? Unfortunately, the answer’s yes. Yes, again; indeed, dreaming is insane. Yet can truth have exceptions? If you have the gift of everything, can loss be real? Can pain be part of peace, or grief of joy? Can fear and sickness enter in a mind where love and perfect holiness abide? Obviously not. What’s the solution? Truth must be all-inclusive if it be the truth at all. Accept no opposite and no exceptions, for to do so is to contradict the truth entirely. In other words, stick with the Truth to free Yourself from all this addictive dreaming.

3 Salvation is the recognition that the truth is true and nothing else is true. This you have heard before, but may not yet accept both parts of it. Without the first, the second has no meaning, but without the second is the first no longer true. Let’s have a third part: Truth is always good. Truth cannot have an opposite. For Truth is God, and, therefore, All there is or can ever be.Where, then, is error? It must be nowhere! This can not be too often said and thought about. For the ego is always seeing shades of gray instead of the clarity of what is right and the superpositions what-just-simply-isn’t. For if what is not true is true as well as what is true, then part of truth is false, and truth has lost its meaning. Nothing but the truth is true, and what is false is false. And nothing but the Truth exists, despite the seeming other.

4 This is the simplest of distinctions, yet the most obscure. But not because it is a difficult distinction to perceive. It is concealed behind a vast array of choices which do not appear to be entirely your own. The ego mind is adept and quite clever at distortion. And thus the truth appears to have some aspects that belie consistency but do not seem to be but contradictions introduced by you. Often You don’t know Your own interests, the best thing to do. (That’s when You know that it’s time to turn to the Holy Spirit.) The ego will vociferously, quite loudly deny this!

5 As God created you, you must remain unchangeable with transitory states by definition false. And that includes all shifts in feeling, alterations in conditions of the body and the mind, in all awareness, and in all response. And as We take it further, You must see that both ‘birth’ and ‘death’ are preposterously impossible. We will discuss this further later on. This is the all-inclusiveness which sets the truth apart from falsehood, and the false kept separate from the truth as what it is. The steadfastness of Reality is that of which I speak today, and always. Because of the reliability of Good, happiness is quite natural to everybody. This most joyous peace is second nature to Reality.

6 Is it not strange that you believe to think you made the world you see is arrogance? God made it not. Of this you can be sure. Oh, I know the Bible says so; yet what is the Bible but a record of the separation, and the histories of the handful that Awakened, the Ones who have been called “prophets”; they who returned the people back to God, at least a little ways. And yet that “little” does mean a lot. The Bible is a record too of great things very holy, which makes it a precious jewel among books.  What can He know of the ephemeral, the sinful and the guilty, the afraid, the suffering and lonely, and the mind that lives within a body that must die? You but accuse Him of insanity, to think He made a world where such things seem to have reality. He is not mad. He is the acme of all Sanity Yet only madness makes a world like this. Do You disagree?Stop reading for a few moments and go read the awful news.

7 To think that God made chaos, contradicts His Will, – His Beauty and His holy Harmony – invented opposites to truth, and suffers death to triumph over life—all this is arrogance. And You believe it! Humility would see at once these things are not of Him. And can you see what God created not? To think you can is merely to believe you can perceive what God willed not to be. And what could be more arrogant than this? Do You not think this makes You more powerful than mighty God? Arrogance is but an understatement!

8 Let us today be truly humble and accept what we have made as what it is. This means a stand and the understanding that what We think is ‘real’ is very far from Reality.The power of decision is our own. Decide but to accept your rightful place as co-creator of the universe, – which is to accept God’s Reality as Yours, instead of Be-ing sunk in dreams of Your own making – (yes, now You understand “co-creator) and all you think you made will disappear. What rises to awareness then will be all that there ever was, eternally as it is now. And it will take the place of self-deceptions made but to usurp the altar to the Father and the Son. Freedom comes when You choose God’s Reality instead of dreams.

9 Today we practice true humility, abandoning the false pretense by which the ego seeks to prove it arrogant. Only the ego can be arrogant. But truth is humble in acknowledging its mightiness, its changelessness, and its eternal wholeness—all-encompassing, God’s perfect gift to His beloved Son.  Truth, what can We say about it, how high can Our praises ring? How good, how sweet it is to experience It after eon after eon of only the ego with all its lies.

10 We lay aside the arrogance which says that we are sinners, guilty and afraid, ashamed of what we are. And we lift our hearts in true humility instead to Him Who has created us immaculate, like to Himself in power and in love. Do the rays differ from the sun? Only in quantity, In quality they’re one. The power of decision is our own, to choose for Christ or to choose for ego. And we accept of Him that which we are and humbly recognize the Son of God, present where We are.

11 To recognize God’s Son implies as well that all self-concepts have been laid aside and recognized as false. Their arrogance has been perceived. And in humility the radiance of God’s Son, his gentleness, his perfect sinlessness, his Father’s Love, – You are feeling this – his right to Heaven and release from hell are joyously accepted as our own. Christ We are, along with Brother Jesus. Now do we join in glad acknowledgment that lies are false and only truth is true. Since Christ is Truth, then only Christ is real.

12 We think of truth alone as we arise and spend five minutes practicing its ways, encouraging our frightened minds with this:

13 The power of decision is my own.
This day I will accept myself as what
My Father’s Will created me to be.
Never do I need return to ego.

14 Then will we wait in silence, giving up all self-deceptions as we humbly ask our Self that He reveal Himself to us. And He Who never left – belovèd Spirit, so very Holy – will come again to our awareness, grateful to restore His home to God as it was meant to be.  So very lovely, this experience.

15 In patience wait for Him – Your sweet Saviour – throughout the day and hourly invite Him with the words with which the day began, concluding it with this same invitation to your Self. I choose to be Holy Spirit over the pretense of being so-called ‘human’. For I would rather live My way to God than make the choice for the so-called ‘dying’. God’s Voice will answer, for He speaks for you and for your Father. Your choice is surely heard by God and clearly will be answered! He will substitute the peace of God for all your frantic thoughts, – You will feel relief – the truth of God for self-deceptions, and God’s Son for your illusions of yourself. Freely give, just as freely You will receive.

Speak to Him Thou for He hearest.

Spirit with Spirit is One.

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 151 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY ONE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I

L e s s o n  151

All things are echoes of the Voice of God.

Sometimes God’s Voice rings out as clear as Liberty Bell; other times it is distorted, even muted. It depends on Your willingness: first to listen, then to hear.

1 No one can judge on partial evidence. In other words, with a Dreamer mindset. That is not judgment. It is merely an opinion based on ignorance and doubt. It’s a really shaky foundation for this entire dream. Its seeming certainty is but a cloak for the uncertainty it would conceal. It needs irrational defense because it is irrational. And its defense seems strong, convincing, and without a doubt because of all the doubting underneath. Dreamers and dreams have no stability, being based on but imagination.

2 You do not seem to doubt the world you see. Despite its bizarre situations, to put it mildly. It gives but the appearance of violence and insanity running rampant. You do not really question what is shown you through the body’s eyes. How easily You do accept the horror show You’re seeing. Nor do you ask why you believe it, even though you learned a long while since your senses do deceive. That you believe them to the last detail which they report is even stranger when you pause to recollect how frequently they have been faulty witnesses indeed! Why would you trust them so implicitly? Because You want to. Why but because of underlying doubt which you would hide with show of certainty? You have a lot invested in the dream.

3 How can you judge?  Unfortunately, easily, because You Love to do so. Your judgment rests upon the witness that your senses offer you. You believe them but because You want to. Yet witness never falser was than this. That doesn’t matter because of Your insistence that this must be Reality! But how else do you judge the world you see? You place pathetic faith in what your eyes and ears report. You think your fingers touch reality and close upon the truth. This is awareness which you understand and think more real than what is witnessed to by the eternal Voice of God Himself, which seems to You to be unsubstantial, for the gullible; not something on which You want to rely! .

4 Can this be judgment? More like ego judging in which You do indulge constantly, day in and day out. You have often been urged to refrain from judging, not because it is a right to be withheld from you. (Although every One has the right not to be held to judgment! You cannot judge. You would not do so if You didn’t think You were an ego. You merely can believe the ego’s judgments, all of which are false. It guides your senses carefully, to prove how weak you are, how helpless and afraid, how apprehensive of just punishment, how black with sin, how wretched in your guilt. All this guilt and fear laid upon Yourself keeps You in the dream quite successfully.

5 This thing it speaks of and would yet defend it tells you is yourself. Quoting Myself in Bible times: It is a liar and the father of the lie. So You see Yourself. And you believe that this is so with stubborn certainty. Yet underneath remains the hidden doubt that what it shows you as reality with such conviction it does not believe. It is itself alone that it condemns. It is within itself it sees the guilt. It is its own despair it sees in you. In Your mind You think You are this ego. And yet You aren’t.

6 Hear not its voice. Tell it to shut up! The witnesses it sends to prove to you its evil is your own are false and speak with certainty of what they do not know. Nor do they wish to. Ignorance makes for successful bondage. Your faith in them is blind because you would not share the doubts their lord cannot completely vanquish. You believe to doubt his vassals is to doubt yourself. It has controlled You for so very long; it is familiar (all this ego guilt). Yet you must learn to doubt their evidence will clear the way to recognize yourself and let the Voice for God alone be Judge of what is worthy of your own belief. Learn to listen to the Holy Spirit. Let Her be Your Guide.

7S/He will not tell you that your brother should be judged by what your eyes behold in him, nor what his body’s mouth says to your ears, nor what your fingers’ touch reports of him. S/He passes by such idle witnesses, which merely bear false witness to God’s Son. His judgment is Love. Love unqualified, unconditional. He recognizes only what God loves, – for example: You! – and in the holy light of what He sees do all the ego’s dreams of what you are vanish before the splendor He beholds. Turn to God with open heart; this is true surgery: this opening of Your heart.

8 Let Him be judge of what you are, for He has certainty in which there is no doubt, because it rests on certainty so great that doubt is meaningless before Its face. Would that You could now see Yourself as God does see Your beauty! Christ cannot doubt Himself. He is as sure of Your perfection as He is of His own. The Voice of God can only honor Him, rejoicing in His perfect, everlasting sinlessness. Take this sinlessness upon Yourself, for it belongs to You. Whom He has judged – He has judged as holy, pure perfection – can only laugh at guilt, unwilling now to play with toys of sin, unheeding of the body’s witnesses before the rapture of His holy face. It’s as if You’re gazing in a mirror, His Holiness is mirrored now as You.

9 And thus He judges you. Hear His “Innocent!” ring out loud and clear like Liberty Bell! Its pure pitch perfect. Accept His word of what you are, for He bears witness to your beautiful creation and the Mind Whose Thought created your reality. For You are God’s Son and not the ego’s. What can the body mean to Him Who knows the glory of the Father and the Son? Remember that You’re not a body, and, thus, that You are Mind. What whispers of the ego can He hear? What could convince Him that your sins are real? God and Holy Spirit know the Truth of Your Reality, for You are Spirit.

10 Let Him be judge as well of everything that seems to happen to you in this world. Go quickly to Him, asking for Her Truth, for His point of view. His lessons will enable you to bridge the gap between illusions and the truth. S/He will remove all faith that you have placed in pain, disaster, suffering, and loss. Would You not gladly give all these things up? He gives you vision which can look beyond these grim appearances and can behold the gentle face of Christ in all of them. Transforming the hell You made to Heaven. You will no longer doubt that only good can come to you who are beloved of God, for He will judge all happenings and teach the single lesson which they all contain. That God is Love and always will remain.

11 He will select the elements in them that represent the truth and disregard those aspects which reflect but idle dreams. Paying attention, You learn to discern. And He will reinterpret all you see and all occurrences, each circumstance, and every happening which seems to touch on you in any way from His one frame of reference, – God Reality – wholly unified and sure. And you will see the love beyond the hate, the constancy in change, the pure in sin, and only Heaven’s blessing on the world. “the Love behind the hate” stands out to You.

12 Such is your resurrection, for your life is not a part of anything you see. For this is a dream. It stands beyond the body and the world, past every witness for unholiness, within the Holy, holy as Itself. In everyone and everything, His Voice would speak to you of nothing but your Self and your Creator, Who is one with Him. So will you see the holy face of Christ in everything and hear in everything no sound except the echo of God’s Voice. Words of Love indeed, far beyond the words of The Mama’s and The Papas is the Love Song of Our dear Father-Mother God. They look for nothing but to give to You.

13 We practice wordlessly today, except at the beginning of the time you spend with God. We introduce these times with but a single, slow repeating of the thought with which the day begins. Allow the idea to become intrinsic Part of You. And then we watch our thoughts, appealing silently to Him Who sees the elements of truth in them. Let Him evaluate each thought that comes to mind, remove the elements of dreams, and give them back to you as clean ideas that do not contradict the Will of God. “Clean” describes the Eternal Love of God.

14 Give Him your thoughts, and He will give them back as miracles – washed clean by His Love – which joyously proclaim the wholeness and the happiness God wills His Son as proof of His eternal Love. Would You not will to feel this Love, allow its transformation? And as each thought is thus transformed, it takes on healing power from the Mind Which saw the truth in it and failed to be deceived by what was falsely added. All the threads of fantasy are gone, and what remains is unified into a perfect thought that offers its perfection everywhere. Imagine thinking only holy thoughts! You know that You can.

15Spend 15 minutes thus when you awake and gladly give another 15 more before you go to sleep. Your ministry begins as all your thoughts are purified. So are you taught to teach the Son of God the holy lesson of his sanctity. No one can fail to listen when you hear the Voice for God give honor to God’s Son. It is a sweet song. Quite fitting for You. And everyone will share the thoughts with you which He has retranslated in your mind.

16 Such is your Eastertide. And so you lay the gift of snow-white lilies on the world, replacing witnesses to sin and death.All those awful pictures are now transformed by Your Purity. Through your transfiguration is the world redeemed and joyfully released from guilt. Now do we lift our resurrected minds in gladness and in gratitude to Him Who has restored our sanity to us. Can You feel such joyous relief as this, flooding consciousness, filling You with joy?

17 And we will hourly remember Him Who is salvation and deliverance. As we give thanks the world unites with us and happily accepts our holy thoughts which Heaven has corrected and made pure. This is an amazing transformation. Now has our ministry begun at last, to carry round the world the joyous news that truth has no illusions and the peace of God, through us, belongs to everyone. Look how Your “little willingness” has blessed the entire world!

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 150 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FIFTY

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  150

My mind holds only what I think with God.

So I will watch My thinking and correct any thought that slips out of line with God!

[139] I will accept Atonement for myself.

I Love Be-ing One with the Love of God. For Atonement is to be at-One-ment. On the other hand, separation is extremely lonely.

[140] Only salvation can be said to cure.

For Your being in the dream is the origin of sickness. Therefore, Awakening is both the healer and the healing.

 

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 149 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-NINE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  149

My mind holds only what I think with God.

What else do I want? The ego thoughts are only confusing. When God thinks for Me, I’m clear and happy. God is My Right Mind.

[137] When I am healed, I am not healed alone. 

Again, I am part of a grand, marvelous, stupendous whole. Each One of Us is crucial to the Whole.

[138] Heaven is the decision I must make.

The only hell there is is the choice for being in the dream. I will, instead, to decide for Heaven!

The point here is to clearly understand that either Heaven or hell are choices that You make. And it’s one or the other. You can choose again! (Since choosing to dream, You’ve all chosen hell.)  At any time You can just change Your mind.

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
 *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
 1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 148 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-EIGHT

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  148

My mind holds only what I think with God.

Thus it is joy-filled; God’s thoughts are always happy.

[135] If I defend myself, I am attacked. So must I think, or there would be no need to defend. Yes. To the ego mind this seems a conundrum, a problem intricate and difficult to find solution. For it would seem that if I don’t defend Myself, I am obviously attacked.

­­­The other side of this is if You don’t defend Yourself, You surely will be attacked. So says the ego.

[­­­136] Sickness is a defense against the truth. A blatant lie about Your perfection. Yet does it always serve a purpose. Eliminate the purpose and You’re healed.

 

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 147 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-SEVEN

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  147

My mind holds only what I think with God.

There is but One Mind, and God is It, not the ego. This can’t be said too often. It is that important.

[133] I will not value what is valueless.

Although I’ve been doing that for eons. Now I learn what is of real value.

[134] Let me perceive forgiveness as it is.

Is this the pearl of great price of which You have often spoken? Yes it is. Seek nothing else until this work is accomplished.

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 146 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-SIX

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  146

My mind holds only what I think with God.

They’re the only thoughts that are worth having.

[131] No one can fail who asks to reach the truth.

This is the worthiest goal of Dreamers, for Truth is but another Name for God. For Truth does bring freedom from the ego.

[132] I loose the world from all I thought it was. I see the world but through misperception. I thought dreams were real. Now I am learning to see differently. What a great relief! It’s being shown to Me how beliefs shape our reality. It isn’t pretty. The good news is that We can change Our mind, right at this minute!

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 145 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-FIVE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  145

My mind holds only what I think with God.

Therefore, the world as I presently experience it, has become so inappropriate for Me.

[129] Beyond this world there is a world I want.

It is the world that shows forth God’s Reality, not ego. A world more like Heaven, so filled with Love for every Other.

[130] It is impossible to see two worlds.                                                

For they must then contradict each other. There is the world of Love, which is Reality, and then there is the other one, which We could call hell. Which one do You choose?

Brothers and Sisters, My suggestion is that You choose again.

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 144 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-FOUR

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  144

My mind holds only what I think with God.

How beautiful His thoughts, now that I allow them to be Mine.

 

[127] There is no love but God’s.  

No other Love is needed, since His Love is all-inclusive. For every One is God’s belovèd Son. We’re All included!

 

[128] The world I see has nothing that I want.

Because it is an attack on God; for this was it made: as a negation of His Love and Power.

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 143 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-THREE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  143

My mind holds only what I think with God.

Therefore, it is peaceful, free and happy.

[125] In quiet I receive God’s Word today.

I am an island of peace amidst a sea of turbulence, held steady by the ever-Love of God.

[126] All that I give is given to myself.

This gift of peace I give the world today is returned to Me each time I give it, and with interest!

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 142 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-TWO

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

L e s s o n  142

My mind holds only what I think with God.

The ego owns no territory there. My consciousness is the domain of God; none else can enter.

[123] I thank my Father for His gifts to me. They are unending, and the Love of God is His greatest Gift. To be so loved, uncategorically, this is just amazing. Romance and boy meets girl pale in the glorious illumination of His Love.

[124] Let me remember I am one with God. What does this mean, but that I- We come straight from God. Forget the birds and the bees; now think, instead, rays pouring from the sun eternally. So do We stream forth from God. Not as bodies, but as God consciousness.

REVIEW IV ~ INTRODUCTION

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.
     *~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*
     1 A note on Brother’s use of the word “Others”: It is not just that it is gender-free, but all-inclusive of all Be-ing whether a Brother or a Sister, a blade of grass or a star; as in St. Francis’ use of Brother Sun, Sister Moon.
From Wikipedia: (St. Francis) He believed that nature itself was the mirror of God. He called all creatures his “brothers” and “sisters,” and even preached to the birds and supposedly persuaded a wolf to stop attacking some locals if they agreed to feed the wolf. In his “Canticle of the Creatures” (“Praises of Creatures” or “Canticle of the Sun”), he mentioned the “Brother Sun” and “Sister Moon,”

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 141 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY-ONE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

REVIEW IV

WORKBOOK FOR STUDENTS – Part I
REVIEW IV

1 Now we review again, this time aware we are preparing for the second part of learning how the truth can be applied.  How useful is it! Today we will begin to concentrate on readiness for what will follow next.  A willingness to change Our minds about what We really want. Such is our aim for this review and for the lessons following. Thus we review the recent lessons and their central thoughts in such a way as will facilitate the readiness which we would now achieve. 

I speak here of an enthusiasm and a readiness for Awakening.  I ask at least a little willingness for it to happen.  Better yet, a great enthusiasm!!
 
2 There is a central theme that unifies each step in the review we undertake, which can be simply stated in these words:
 
3 My mind holds only what I think with God.
No other thoughts have any importance!  My mind has one function, and that is not to be an ego.  It is to be the Holy Son of God.  For it is Mind that is both God and His Holy Son, and They are not a body.  They are Consciousness.
4 This is a fact and represents the truth of what you are and what your Father is. He is but Your Source; You are His Offspring. It’s very lovely, and very simple. It is this thought by which the Father gave creation to the Son, establishing the Son as co-creator with Himself.  Just what does “co-creator” really mean?
To understand this You must first comprehend that all Creation is of Mind, i.e. it is mental.  This point is crucial.  Your physics says it clearly.  “Matter cannot be created” – obviously then, it can’t “be destroyed” for it just isn’t.  God knows naught of matter, creating with but a word describing an idea.  “Let there be Light” and there it was, and is.
Ideas flow from Mind, not non-existent ‘matter’.  It follows naturally ideas are consciousness, and therefore, permanent, thus quite eternal.
We surely can say that God is thinking You, thus You are always on His Mind.  In these clear words of Tennyson: “Closer is He than Spirit, nearer than hands and feet.”
As God is Thought ongoing, Eternal Mind, then so are You.
His Consciousness, expressing You as consciousness, gifts You with Universal Thought as well. For All Things do exist as Mind.
The limited human ‘mind’ does tend to think of all things as material, yet the entire Universe is Spirit.
It is this thought which fully guarantees salvation to the Son. God Be-ing You, You must be forever. For in his mind no thoughts can dwell but those his Father shares. Lack of forgiveness blocks this thought from his awareness. Yet it is forever true.  All thought of God is Love, and unforgiveness isn’t loving.
 
5 Let us begin our preparation with some understanding of the many forms in which the lack of true forgiveness may be carefully concealed. Because they are illusions, they are not perceived to be but what they are-defenses which protect your unforgiving thoughts from being seen and recognized. How many of You have read Lesson 97: I am Spirit, and not “grokked” it?  For it lies beyond Your remembered experiences. Attached, as You are, to the ‘physical’, You’ll do anything to hide from knowing You are Spirit, including loveless thoughts. Their purpose is to show you something else and hold correction off through self-deceptions made to take its place.  The ego is a master at unnecessary defence.
 
6 And yet your mind holds only what you think with God.  These other seeming thoughts are deluded illusions; You might say they are over kill, yet the ego stops at nothing to keep control of You, including killing!  You can’t trust ego. Your self-deceptions – which flow from ego – cannot take the place of truth. No more than can a child who throws a stick into the ocean change the coming and the going of the tides, the warming of the water by the sun, the silver of the moon on it by night. So do we start each practice period in this review with readying our minds to understand the lessons that we read and see the meaning which they offer us.  You get the gist here?  God is the only power that there is!  For sure, the ego is doomed to failure.
7 Begin each day with time devoted to the preparation of your mind to learn what each idea you will review that day can offer you in freedom and in peace. Open your mind and clear it of all thoughts that would deceive, and let this thought alone engage it fully and remove the rest:
8 My mind holds only what I think with God
Thoughts of Peace and Love, kindness, happiness, always intelligence.  The thoughts of God are supremely useful.
9 Five minutes with this thought will be enough to set the day along the lines which God appointed and to place His Mind in charge of all the thoughts you will receive that day. Would You not be host to the Mind of God rather than ego?  They will not come from you alone, for they will all be shared with Him. And so each one will bring the message of His Love to you, returning messages of yours to Him. The Sun does ‘co-create’ the Light through the Rays.  Just so does the Mind of God extend Itself through You. As the Sun shines as the Rays, God shines as You.  So will communion with the Lord of Hosts be yours, as He Himself has willed it be. And as His own completion joins with Him, so will He join with you who are complete as you unite with Him and He with you.  As the Rays express the Sun, so do You, likewise, as You are willing, express God.  The difference between You and the Ray is that the Ray never thought It had something better to do.
 
10After your preparation, merely read each of the two ideas assigned to you to be reviewed that day. Then close your eyes and say them slowly to yourself. There is no hurry now, for you are using time for its intended purpose. (Which is the Waken.) Let each word shine with the meaning God has given it as it was given to you through His Voice. Let each idea that you review that day give you the gift which He has laid in it for you to have of Him. And we will use no format for our practicing but this:
That these ideas may be an intrinsic part of You again.
11 Each hour of the day bring to your mind the thought with which the day began and spend a quiet moment with it. Then repeat the two ideas you practice for the day unhurriedly, with time enough to see the gifts which they contain for you, and let them be received where they were meant to be. We add no other thoughts, but let them be the messages they are. We need no more than this to give us happiness and rest and endless quiet, perfect certainty, and all our Father wills that we receive as the inheritance we have of Him.  Each Lesson contains the power to Awaken Your native happiness in You.  This is My promise.
 
12 Each day of practicing, as we review, we close as we began, repeating first the thought that made the day a special time of blessing and of happiness for us and through our faithfulness restored the world from darkness to the light, from grief to joy, from pain to peace, from sin to holiness.  You’re mending broken hearts by the millions. God offers thanks to you who practice thus the keeping of His Word. And as you give your mind to the ideas for the day again before you sleep, His gratitude surrounds you in the peace wherein He wills you be forever and are learning now to claim again as your inheritance.
In the world an inheritance means money; as Heaven it’s happiness and peace, which the world thinks it will get from money.  You could say these Lessons are a bargain.  God’s Gifts are for free.

L e s s o n  141

My mind holds only what I think with God.

I have no other mind but His, nor do I ever want one.

[121] Forgiveness is the key to happiness. This is the best use of My mind while I’m still thinking dream thoughts.

This is why I’m here: to learn this lesson.

[122] Forgiveness offers everything I want. All things of the heart. What is better than to be kindhearted? The kindly heart sees all things and every One with innocence and Love, for it does not form its own experience from ego, but, instead, turns to God for Vision. All it wants to see is Reality.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 140 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED FORTY

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  140

Only salvation can be said to cure.

All other healing methods are like band-aids, some seeming to be better than some others; yet they mostly serve the body and ignore the mind.  And even when the patient appears to be healed, the body still is the focus; let Us now look again to only mind.

1 Cure is a word that cannot be applied to any remedy the world accepts as beneficial. Only God can truly cure or heal. All other so-called healing is but remission, for body does still seem to be in charge instead of Mind. What the world perceives as therapeutic is but what will make the body “better.” When it tries to heal the mind, it sees no separation from the body, where it thinks the mind exists. Its forms of healing thus must substitute illusion for illusion. One belief in sickness takes another form, and so the patient now perceives himself as well. For all of this is about perception, not Reality

2 He is not healed. He merely had a dream that he was sick, and in the dream he found a magic formula to make him well. Yet he has not awakened from the dream, and so his mind remains exactly as it was before.  He went for more matter to cure matter, thus He keeps His precious beliefs intact. He has not seen the light that would awaken him and end the dream. What difference does the content of a dream make in reality? One either sleeps or wakens. There is nothing in between.  What You call ‘healing’ is simply to keep the body’s comfort.  What I call healing is Awakening.

3 The happy dreams the Holy Spirit brings are different from the dreaming of the world, where one can merely dream he is awake. Happy dreams lead You gently, easily, to Awakening. That is their purpose. The dreams forgiveness lets the mind perceive do not induce another form of sleep, so that the dreamer dreams another dream. His happy dreams are heralds of the dawn of truth upon the mind. They lead from sleep to gentle waking, so that dreams are gone. And thus they cure for all eternity. These most useful dreams usually occur in waking hours. For You surely are asleep to God — with rare exceptions — 24 / 7.

4 Atonement heals with certainty and cures all sickness. For the mind which understands that sickness can be nothing but a dream is not deceived by forms the dream may take. Sickness where guilt is absent cannot come, for it is but another form of guilt.  Only innocence is free of all guilt. Atonement does not heal the sick, for that is not a cure. It takes away the guilt that makes the sickness possible. And that is cure indeed. For sickness now is gone, with nothing left to which it can return. Without guilt, there is no sickness, for the dream has been demoted from reality to fantasy.

5 Peace be to you who have been cured in God and not in idle dreams. For cure must come from holiness, and holiness can not be found where sin is cherished. God abides in holy temples. Which temple You are, if You but knew it. He is barred where sin has entered. Yet there is no place where He is not. And therefore sin can have no home in which to hide from His beneficence. There is no place where holiness is not, and nowhere sin and sickness can abide. They seem to be only as delusions.

6 This is the thought that cures. It does not make distinctions among unrealities. Nor does it seek to heal what is not sick, unmindful where the need for healing is. This is no magic. It is merely an appeal to truth which cannot fail to heal and heal forever. This Truth is Reality, ignored by relentless Dreamers. Be grateful You are reading this, for it is the open door that leads to freedom.1 It is not a thought which judges an illusion by its size, its seeming gravity, or anything that is related to the form it takes. It merely focuses on what it is and knows that no illusion can be real. Truth cannot ever be fooled by dreams nor by an illusion.

7 Let us not try today to seek to cure what cannot suffer sickness. Healing must be sought but where it is and then applied to what is sick so that it can be cured. There is no remedy the world provides that can effect a change in anything. The mind that brings illusions to the truth is really changed. For the Light that dismisses the dark and gloomy dream shows forth Reality to You, which now becomes Your new point of view. There is no change but this. For how can one illusion differ from another but in attributes that have no substance, no reality, no core, and nothing that is truly different? Hence We gladly leave behind illusions for the Truth of God.

8 Today we seek to change our minds about the source of sickness, – that it is so-called ‘mind’, not the body – for we seek a cure for all illusions, not another shift among them. We would rather see God’s Reality.We will try today to find the source of healing, which is in our minds because our Father placed it there for us. It is not further from us than ourselves. It is as near to us as our own thoughts—so close it is impossible to lose. We need but seek it, and it must be found.  Just ask for the help of Holy Spirit.

9 We will not be misled today by what appears to us as sick. We will begin to understand that We are Holy Spirit. We go beyond appearances today and reach the source of healing from which nothing is exempt. Embracing every One for It is Love. We will succeed to the extent to which we realize that there can never be a meaningful distinction made between what is untrue and equally untrue. Here there are no degrees and no beliefs that what does not exist is truer in some forms than others. All of them are false and can be cured because they are not true. It’s very simple: what isn’t, isn’t!

10 So do we lay aside our amulets, our charms and medicines, our chants and bits of magic in whatever form they took.  All Our magic, whether it is black or white or holistic. We will be still and listen for the Voice of healing which will cure all ills as one, restoring saneness to the Son of God. No voice but this can cure. For not with magic or with potions, but with the Truth is healing thus accomplished. Today we hear a single Voice which speaks to us of truth where all illusions end, and peace returns to the eternal quiet home of God. Have We ever heard such Love and just forgotten? How wonderful to hear again.

11 We waken hearing Him and let Him speak to us five minutes as the day begins and end the day by listening again five minutes more before we go to sleep. Our only preparation is to let our interfering thoughts be laid aside, not separately, but all of them as one. They are the same. We have no need to make them different and thus delay the time when we can hear our Father speak to us. We hear Him now. We come to Him today. In great gratitude and with quite extreme thankfulness come We joyously to God.

12 With nothing in our hands to which we cling, with lifted hearts and listening minds – all of them empty – we pray:

13 Only salvation can be said to cure.
Speak to us, Father, that we may be healed.
Drench Us with Your Love, for We are extremely thirsty for it!

14 And we will feel salvation cover us with soft protection and with peace so deep that no illusion can disturb our minds nor offer proof to us that it is real. We are as safe and happy as the baby in the mother’s arms, and just as loved. This will we learn today. And be filled with joy! And we will say our prayer for healing hourly and take a minute as the hour strikes to hear the answer to our prayer be given us as we attend in silence and in joy. This is the day when healing comes to us. This is the day when separation ends and we remember Who we really are. Could One ever feel more grateful than We!

 

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 139 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-NINE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  139

I will accept Atonement for myself.

Well what is Atonement but At-One-Ment, the diametric opposite of any separation!  And it also means to make up for (i.e. correct) any and every mistake.  Like walking back on the nature trail and picking up all the litter that You dropped!

1 Here is the end of choice. For here we come to a decision to accept ourselves as God created us. – (and keeps creating) – And what is choice except uncertainty of what we are? – (Born of willfulness! Doing as I please! Ready to let go!) – There is no doubt that is not rooted here. There is no question but reflects this one. There is no conflict that does not entail the single simple question, “What am I?”

2 Yet who could ask this question except one who has refused to recognize Himself (as the Son of God)? Only refusal to accept yourself could make the question seem to be sincere. The only thing that can be surely known by any living thing is what it is. From this one point of certainty it looks on other things as certain as itself. Uncertainty about what you must be is self-deception on a scale so vast its magnitude can hardly be conceived.

What willfulness it must have taken Me to have forgotten.

How insane to walk away from happiness and into pain and to choose to stay!

3 To be alive and not to know yourself is to believe that you are really dead. For what is life except to be yourself, and what but you can be alive instead? Who is the doubter? What is it he doubts? Whom does he question? Who can answer him? He merely states that he is not himself and therefore, being something else, becomes a questioner of what that something is.

Yes, I know You had completely forgotten.   Well now I am reminding You, so that excuse is gone!

4 Yet he could never be alive at all unless he knew the answer. If he asks as if he did not know, it merely shows he does not want to be the thing he is. – And so the question is: Why wouldn’t You?  Let Us remember that ‘He’ is All of You who choose to dream! – He has accepted it because he lives, has judged against it and denied its worth, and has decided that he does not know the only certainty by which he lives. Thus he becomes uncertain of his life, for what it is has been denied by him.

There is no stability in dreaming, for it does not rest on firm foundation.

5 It is for this denial that you need Atonement. Your denial made no change in what you are. But you have split your mind into what knows and does not know the truth.

Split-mindedness is but the acme of inconsistency.  Who can rest secure on such imbalance?  You never have been able to do this.  You must ask Yourself: Why would I want to?  There’s no good answer!  For it’s willfulness!

You are yourself. There is no doubt of this, and yet you doubt it. But you do not ask what part of you can really doubt yourself. It cannot really be a part of you that asks this question, for it asks of one who knows the answer. Were it part of you, certainty would be impossible.

Like in the comic books: Can You see the little red devil with its pitchfork, but egging You on to more foolishness?  Time to be done with it!

You have but One Mind and this Mind is God!

6Atonement remedies the strange idea that it is possible to doubt yourself and be unsure of what you really are. 

That little red devil ego loves imbalance for it keeps You within the dream.

This is the depth of madness. Yet it is the universal question of the world. What does this prove except the world is mad? Why share its madness in the sad belief that what is universal here is true?

Why suffer from this insane belief when You don’t have to?

Nothing the world believes is true. It is a place whose purpose is to be a home where those who claim they do not know themselves can come to question what it is they are.

And given most of the behavior – if not virtually all – the question exists simply to give them free license to do as They please.

7 And they will come again – as They have come so many times before – until the time Atonement is accepted, and they learn it is impossible to doubt yourself and not to be aware of what you are.

Until the dream becomes so bitter that longing for an unremembered Home grows stronger and stronger.

Only acceptance can be asked of you, for what you are is certain. It is set forever in the holy Mind of God and in your own. It is so far beyond all doubt and question that to ask what it must be is all the proof you need to show that you believe the contradiction that you know not what you cannot fail to know.

8 Is this a question or a statement which denies itself in statement? Let us not allow our holy minds to occupy themselves with senseless musings such as this. We have a mission here. We did not come to reinforce the madness which we once believed in. Let us not forget the goal that we accepted. It is more than just our happiness alone we came to gain. What we accept as what we are proclaims what everyone must be along with us.

Let Us turn from the selfishness of dreaming, turn from contemplating it, by opening Our hearts to Universal Love for One Another, whether it be a fish, or star, a dog, or so-called ‘human’ that is Our Brother.

This willingness to Love Universally wakens Us so gently from dreaming.

9 Fail not your brothers, or you fail yourself. Look lovingly on them that they may know that they are part of you and you of them. This does Atonement teach and demonstrates the oneness of God’s Son is unassailed by his belief he knows not what he is. – Even if You didn’t know What You are, You’d still know what to do!

Today accept Atonement, not to change reality, but merely to accept the truth about yourself and go your way rejoicing in the endless Love of God. It is but this that we are asked to do. It is but this that we will do today.  How do We know the Love of God except by Loving Universally Ourselves.  This Function is of the Holy Spirit.

10 Five minutes in the morning and at night we will devote to dedicate our minds to our assignment for today. We start with this review of what our mission is:

11 I will accept Atonement for myself,
For I remain as God created me.

Eons of dreaming have not changed that.

12 We have not lost the knowledge that God gave to us when He created us like Him. For it was not a one-time shot, but is Be-ing given to Us continually at every instant, for the Mind of God is but Our Real Mind. 

We can remember it for everyone, for in creation are all minds as one and in our memory is the recall how dear our brothers are to us in truth, how much a part of us is every mind, how faithful they have really been to us, and how our Father’s Love contains us all.

The sweet feeling that You may feel at reading My words above does show forth Your hidden longing fto be at Home with Our God and All Our Others.

13In thanks for all creation, in the name of its Creator and His oneness with all aspects of creation, we repeat our dedication to our cause today each hour, as we lay aside all thoughts that would distract us from our holy aim. For several minutes let your mind be cleared of all the foolish cobwebs which the world would weave around the holy Son of God. And learn the fragile nature of the chains that seem to keep the knowledge of yourself apart from your awareness, as you say:

14 I will accept Atonement for myself,

How I long to be always at Home in the Universe of Our Loving Father.


For I remain as God created me.  And continues to create Me as His Love, eternally.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 138 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-EIGHT

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  138

Heaven is a decision I must make.

How hard can it be when the only alternative is hell! I do choose Heaven.

1 In this world, Heaven is a choice because here we believe there are alternatives to choose between. Actually, Heaven is the only Reality there is. We think that all things have an opposite, – when they don’t, really – and what we want we choose. If Heaven exists, there must be hell as well, – so goes the ego’s insane reasoning: it believes that it has made something the opposite of God – for contradiction is the way we make what we perceive and what we think is real. If We admitted that the dream was but a dream, Our game would be over. Like children, We pretend to dwell in make-believe, insisting that it is Reality. Creation knows no opposite. Tell Me: what else could there truly be but God’s Reality? Acknowledge this, and the dream is over. But here is opposition part of being “real.” So pretend goes on.

2 It is this strange perception of the truth that makes the choice of Heaven seem to be the same as the relinquishment of hell. It is not really thus. For You can simply wish to get free of some form of hell without wanting Heaven. i.e. You’re looking for a pleasant dream, not Reality.  Yet what is true in God’s creation cannot enter here unless it is reflected in some form the world can understand. For resistance makes You blind to what is quite clearly present. When it does break through, You call it a miracle, and put it on a shelf in Your mind to sometimes be admired, lest it change Your life and put an end to the dream. Truth cannot come where it could only be perceived with fear, for this would be the error truth can be brought to illusions. Illusions must be brought to Truth, where they will, then, disappear. Opposition makes the truth unwelcome, and it cannot come. Yet it stays waiting.

3 Choice is the obvious escape from what appears as opposites. Can You see that as Eternity there is no need nor possibility of choice; for what need You choose when a marvelous Reality always ever is, and this ‘ever’ is unchanging, yet unfolding ever more? (Did I blow Your mind? [said to the transcriber and every One] Yes You did Brother!)1 Decision lets one of conflicting goals become the aim of effort and expenditure of time. Therefore, choose Reality as Your aim. Without decision, time is but a waste and effort dissipated. It is spent for nothing in return. And time goes by without results. There is no sense of gain, for nothing is accomplished; nothing learned. This has kept You so long dreaming and feeling very tired.Therefore, choose Life,1 – also known as God – and watch the picture change! For it will change. That I can promise You.2

4 You need to be reminded that you think a thousand choices are confronting you when there is really only one to make. And even this but seems to be a choice. Remind Yourself: I’m in a dream. The only choice I need to make is to waken. Ignore the tantalizing possibilities in dreaming. Do not confuse yourself with all the doubts that myriad decisions would induce. You make but one: that is to Waken. And when that one is made, you will perceive it was no choice at all, for truth is true and nothing else is real. There is no opposite to choose instead. There is no contradiction to the truth. Your Divinity sings songs of wakening to You. You can choose right now to listen and to do. There is nothing else to learn but that You’re sleeping. Once You understand that, the choice is obvious: let Me right now Awaken!

5 Choosing depends on learning. But the truth cannot be learned but only recognized. It can be recognized because You can remember Your real Life and Who You are, sleeping Son of God. How very joyous is the memory of Reality as it returns to You, first through a sense of peace, joy or Love.2 In recognition its acceptance lies, and as it is accepted, it is known. But knowledge is beyond the goals we seek to teach within the framework of this course. Ours are teaching goals to be attained through learning how to reach them, what they are, and what they offer you. Your Knowledge – ie. Your natural Knowing – reappears as the blocks to It now dissolve and vanish. For they were never real. Decisions are the outcome of your learning, for they rest on what you have accepted as the truth of what you are and what your needs must be. Accept it fully now, and Your Knowing quickly will return to end Your dreaming.

6 In this insanely complicated world, Heaven appears to take the form of choice rather than merely being what it is. For it is rarely seen within the dream. Of all the choices you have tried to make, this is the simplest, most definitive, the prototype of all the rest, the one which settles all decisions. If you could decide the rest, this one remains unsolved. But when you solve this one, the others are resolved with it, for all decisions but conceal this one by taking different forms. Here is the final and the only choice in which is truth accepted or denied. Here is the one, expressed in the children’s ditty: “Lazy Mary (put in Your own name): Will You wake up, so early in the morning?”  Answer yes to this one, – and wake up! – and the others become meaningless!

It’s very simple!

7 So we begin today considering the choice that time was made to help us make. Such is its holy purpose, now transformed from the intent you gave it, that it be a means for demonstrating hell is real, hope changes to despair, and life itself must in the end be overcome by death. Such was Your intent, not Holy Spirit’s. In death alone are opposites resolved, for ending opposition is to die. For the opposition is the Gift of Your Eternal Life.  And thus salvation must be seen as death, for life is seen as conflict. Conflicting with the Dreamer’s wish for death and for brand-new dreams, so You might continue, ad nauseum, so deep in dreaming. To resolve the conflict is to end your life as well.

Well, Your so-called ‘life’, which is but a dream. This: the sad and sorry lot of Dreamers.

8 These mad beliefs can gain unconscious hold of great intensity and grip the mind with terror and anxiety so strong that it will not relinquish its ideas about its own protection. While dreaming, the world is but one giant insane asylum! Don’t believe Me? Read the newspapers; watch the television! It must be saved from salvation, threatened to be safe, and magically armored against truth. And these decisions are made unaware to keep them safely undisturbed, apart from question and from reason and from doubt. If a little shred of Sanity appears, the dream begins to look bizarre and then ridiculous.

Take a look around.

9 Heaven is chosen consciously. The choice cannot be made until alternatives are accurately seen and understood. For what they really are: attacks on God. The separation was no idle idea but a deliberate disregard of God and of God’s Reality. And there is nothing nice about the dream, despite the seeming so-called pleasing things.  All that is veiled in shadows – shadows in Your mind –must be raised to understanding to be judged again, this time with Heaven’s help, and all mistakes in judgment which the mind had made before are open to correction as the truth dismisses them as causeless.  Listen carefully. We speak not just of the so-called pleasures of the world of dreams, for this is true of all the sins as well. Now are they without effects. They cannot be concealed because their nothingness is recognized. Quite obviously.

10The conscious choice of Heaven – as the only Real- only desired – is as sure as is the ending of the fear of hell when it – speaking of that fear – is raised from its protective shield of unawareness – in which the ego has wrapped fear quite successfully – that false evidence appearing awfully real – when that is revealed –and is brought to light. Who can decide between the clearly seen and the unrecognized? Yet who can fail to make a choice between alternatives when only one is seen as valuable, the other as a wholly worthless thing, a but imagined source of guilt and pain? Who hesitates to make a choice like this? And shall we hesitate to choose today? Time to choose for God; give up the ego. Why tarry longer? What can hell promise but more suffering?

Hell doesn’t come after so-called ‘dying’. Hell is living in this dream! It’s in the dream that it is seen, as You continue sleeping. When will You wake up?3

11 We make the choice for Heaven as we wake and spend five minutes making sure that we have made the one decision that is sane. How insane it is to say: Instead of Heaven, I choose hell! Yet, is that not what You’ve said for eons? Why not admit it. We recognize we make a conscious choice between what has existence and what has nothing but an appearance of the truth. Its pseudo-being, brought to what is real, is flimsy and transparent in the light. It holds no terror now, for what was made enormous, vengeful, pitiless with hate demands obscurity for fear to be invested there. Now it is recognized as but a foolish, trivial mistake. And the ego resists this admission, for it would make the dream so important, insisting that it is reality! Now You know it’s not.

12 Before we close our eyes in sleep tonight, we reaffirm the choice that we have made each hour in between. What type voice or choice would say: I choose hell! (Only the ego’s!) And now we give the last five minutes of our waking day to the decision with which we awoke. As every hour passed, we have declared our choice again in a brief quiet time devoted to maintaining sanity, and the grand experience of Heaven. And finally we close the day with this, acknowledging we chose but what we want:

13 Heaven is the decision I must make. There is no other!
I make it now and will not change my mind,
Because it is the only thing I want.
Since hell is insanity, Heaven is but the healing for all mental illness; for It is synonym to Sanity.

*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

1Deuteronomy 30:10

2Transcriber’s note after hearing what She heard right before footnoting: Again comes the feeling that at that moment of grasping what Our Elder Brother’s saying, I am somehow Awake, although everything in this room looks the same as always. No lights shimmering. Yet within My mind – at this moment – things are different, in a good way. It feels very good.

3 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ONT0Hwb2TnE

Hear the Divine Mother singing to Us in this nursery rhyme.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 137 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-SEVEN

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  137

When I am healed, I am not healed alone.

This Lesson clearly brings out Our Oneness, that the blessings We give and receive belong to everyOne, and that Our Love cannot be partial, rather universal.

You have thought that You could love him, not her.  It was Your preference, and that was that. That is not Love; it’s partiality. It leaves You unhealed.

1 Today’s idea remains the central thought on which salvation rests. The necessity for the forgiveness that becomes great Love for All Your Others. For healing is the opposite of all the world’s ideas which dwell on sickness and on separate states. Sickness is a retreat from others and a shutting off of joining. Sickness results from limiting Your Love; thereby squelching It. It prefers one Brother to an Other, resulting in this: It becomes a door that closes on a separate self and keeps it isolated and alone.

You cannot shut out One, without shutting out All Your Others.

2 Sickness is isolation, caused by shutting out. For it seems to keep one self apart from all the rest to suffer what the others do not feel. Separate from One, and You will separate from every One. This is the reason why You do insist You have a body. Minds are joined, and bodies surely aren’t. It gives the body final power to make the separation real and keep the mind in solitary prison, split apart and held in pieces by a solid wall of sickened flesh which it can not surmount. Yes, this is graphic. It is also truth. The world obeys the laws that sickness serves, but healing operates apart from them. The world was made by separated thought; Heaven for healing.

3 It is impossible that anyone be healed alone. It is always quite an aggressive form of separation; often hidden when it takes place wholly in One’s consciousness. In sickness must he be apart and separate. But healing is his own decision to be one again and to accept his Self with all its parts intact and unassailed. Now You begin to see why wholeness is synonym and requisite to healing. In sickness does his Self appear to be dismembered and without the unity that gives it life. But healing is accomplished as he sees the body has no power to attack the universal oneness of God’s Son.  Oneness is mental. It is the function of Your consciousness.

4 Sickness would prove that lies must be the truth. It says that God has forgotten and no longer cares for You. These are blatant lies. But healing demonstrates that truth is true. It shows that God always remembers You and does sustain You. The separation sickness would impose has never really happened. To be healed is merely to accept what always was the simple truth and always will remain exactly as it has forever been. God is always Love. Yet eyes accustomed to illusions must be shown that what they look upon is false. So healing, never needed by the truth, must demonstrate that sickness is not real. Such is its function.

5 Healing might thus be called a counter-dream which cancels out the dream of sickness in the name of truth but not in truth itself. For it fixes what could have never really happened to You because God is Love. Just as forgiveness overlooks all sins that never were accomplished, healing but removes illusions that have not occurred.  Thus the great importance of forgiveness. Just as the real world will arise to take the place of what has never been at all, healing offers restitution for imagined states and false ideas which dreams embroider into pictures of the truth.  You see the importance of forgiveness along with healing.

6 Yet think not healing is unworthy of your function here. Since healing shows that Christ is very real. For anti-Christ becomes more powerful than Christ to those who dream the world is real. In fact, opposing Christ is but the foundation of the dream. The entire dream rests on the denial of Christ’s Reality replaced by the Adam Dreamer. The body seems to be more solid and more s­­table than the mind. Ordinarily, it changes much more slowly than the mind.  And love becomes a dream, while fear remains the one reality that can be seen and justified and fully understood.  It seems more consistent than Love to the mind that is insane from separation.

7 Just as forgiveness shines away all sin and the real world will occupy the place of what you made, so healing must replace the fantasies of sickness which you hold before the simple truth. When sickness has been seen to disappear in spite of all the laws that hold it cannot but be real, then questions have been answered. This is why I came to heal, not with herbs, or medicines, or potions, but with Love and with the understanding that sickness is not from God, but comes from the ego. And the laws can be no longer cherished nor obeyed. Their illegitimacy is displayed.

8 Healing is freedom. When it comes straight from God – no material intermediary – the mind is both amazed and so extremely grateful. Heaven’s door is finally seen open! For it demonstrates that dreams will not prevail against the truth. Reality seen clearly, and not what it was thought to be. Healing is shared. Your healing blesses so many Others. And by this attribute, it proves that laws unlike the ones which hold that sickness is inevitable are more potent than their sickly opposites. For these laws are Love. Healing is strength. Where before sickness seemed to be omnipotent, it now is but ephemeral. For by its gentle hand is weakness overcome. Its hand is both gentle and most holy. And minds which were walled off within a body free to join with other minds, to be forever strong.

The sense of separation being healed within the very mind where it occurred.

Its perfection just could not be better.

­­­­

9 Healing, forgiveness, and the glad exchange of all the world of sorrow for a world where sadness cannot enter, – God’s Reality and not the ego’s – are the means by which the Holy Spirit ur­­­ges you to follow Him, instead of ego. His gentle lessons teach how easily salvation can be yours, how little practice you need undertake to let His laws replace the ones you made to hold yourself a prisoner to death. For truly, they have no validity. They are illegal, for they’re not in line with God’s Laws of Love.

10 His life becomes your own as you extend the little help He asks in freeing you from everything that ever caused you pain. (Indeed! That’s freedom!) And as you let yourself be healed, you see all those around you or who cross your mind or whom you touch or those who seem to have no contact with you healed along with you. Can You imagine all the happiness? Perhaps you will not recognize them all, nor realize how great your offering to all the world when you let healing come to you. But you are never healed alone. For all minds are joined. And legions upon legions will receive the gift which you receive when you are healed. Such great fruit from a little willingness.

11 Those who are healed become the instruments of healing. Like sickness in the godless nightmare, by the rules of God, healing is quite catching! Nor does time elapse between the instant they are healed and all the grace of healing it is given them to give. What is opposed to God does not exist. And who accepts it not within his mind – choosing God instead – becomes a haven where the weary can remain to rest. For here is truth bestowed, and here are all illusions brought to truth.

And in the bringing, they are surely healed.

12 Would you not offer shelter to God’s Will? You but invite your Self to be at home, and can this invitation be refused? Ask the inevitable – healing of Your mind – to occur, and you will never fail. The other choice is but to ask what cannot be to be, – pure insanity – and this cannot succeed. Today we ask that only truth will occupy our minds, that thoughts of healing will this day go forth from what is healed to what must yet be healed, aware that they will both occur as one. Only perfection is God’s Holy Law. Accept it: this is true right now for You.

13 We will remember, as the hour strikes, our function is to let our minds be healed that we may carry healing to the world, exchanging curse for blessing, pain for joy, and separation for the peace of God. These are the gifts that God has given us to share willingly with all Our Brothers. Is not a minute of the hour worth the giving to receive a gift like this? Is not a little time a small expense to offer for the gift of everything? No expense Brother, but a privilege and, also, pleasure.

14 Yet must we be prepared for such a gift. And so we will begin the day with this and give ten minutes to these thoughts with which we will conclude today at night as well:

15 When I am healed, I am not healed alone.  My healing is a gift for My Brothers.
 And I would share my healing with the world, – oh so happily! –
 That sickness may be banished from the mind
Of God’s one Son, Who is my only Self. 
Belovèd Son does include every One!

16 Let healing be through you this very day. There is no need to wait any longer! And as you rest in quiet, be prepared to give as you receive, to hold but what you give, and to receive the Word of God to take the place of all the foolish thoughts that ever were imagined. Now we come together to make well all that was sick and offer blessing where there was attack. What peace this does bring! Nor will we let this function be forgot as every hour of the day slips by, remembering our function with this thought:

17 When I am healed, I am not healed alone.  Let Us not forget: All of Us are One.
 And I would bless my brothers, for I would
Be healed with them as they are healed with me.
So ends all dreams of separation, to be replaced by Love.

(Hear Me sing: “Great glory! Hallelujah!” praising God with song!)

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 136 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-SIX

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  136

Sickness  is a defense against the truth.

The best of all distractions, for it pulls the mind to body. There it sticks like glue. Sickness and the body match, both thought to be ‘material’.

1 No one can heal unless he understands what purpose sickness seems to serve. Sickness makes unreality – i.e. materiality – seem very real; and it thus gets Your constant attention. Understanding You are Spirit heals You. For then he understands as well its purpose has no meaning. Spirit can’t be sick. Therefore, cold or cancer cannot be real. They are illusions of the mind that thinks that it is matter. And illusions are unreality, just like the body. Being causeless and without a meaningful intent of any kind, it cannot be at all. When this is seen, healing is automatic. It dispels this meaningless illusion by the same approach that carries all of them to truth and merely leaves them there to disappear. When You understand that all sickness lives as the human mind – a.k.a. ego – and You stick with it, You’ll have Your healing.

2 Sickness is not an accident. Like all defenses, it is an insane device for self-deception. And like all the rest, its purpose is to hide reality, attack it, change it, render it inept, distort it, twist it, or reduce it to a little pile of unassembled parts. Sickness is distraction, plain and simple. And distraction is meant to be defense. The aim of all defenses is to keep the truth from being whole. The parts are seen as if each one were whole within itself. In other words, You are quite separate from All Your Others. So says the dreaming; not God’s Reality, which dreaming is Your defense against.

As Reality, all of Us are One.

3 Defenses are not unintentional nor are they made without awareness. They are deliberate, and the ego mind won’t admit it. For if it did so: pop goes the ego! They are secret magic wands you wave when truth appears to threaten what you would believe. They seem to be unconscious but because of the rapidity with which you choose to use them. In that second, even less, in which the choice is made, you recognize exactly what you would attempt to do and then proceed to think that it is done. From this may You understand that You can choose good health as well. Huh? says the ego, ingenuously, when it knows full well that this is the truth.

4 Who but yourself evaluates a threat, decides escape is necessary, and sets up a series of defenses to reduce the threat that has been judged as real? All this cannot be done unconsciously. But afterwards your plan requires that you must forget you made it, so it seems to be external to your own intent—a happening beyond your state of mind, an outcome with a real effect on you instead of one effected by your self. Why not give it up?What if You chose Love to replace all fear, let games disappear?

5 It is this quick forgetting of the part you play in making your “reality” which makes defenses seem to be beyond your own control. But what you have forgot can be remembered, given willingness to reconsider the decision which is doubly shielded by oblivion. Your not remembering is but the sign that this decision still remains in force as far as your desires are concerned. Even if this all seems far-fetched to You, still can You choose wellness.

6 Mistake this not for fact. Defenses must make facts unrecognizable. They aim at doing this, and this they seem to do. Every defense takes fragments of the whole, assembles them without regard to all their true relationships, and thus constructs illusions of a whole which is not there. I say this to You every year here – or at least, often! – that it’s ike the children’s game Mr. Potato Head. Stick a piece here, another there, it’s supposed to be funny. Not in the dream You call ‘reality’; this is not humor. It is this process which imposes threat, and not whatever outcome may result. Unreality is never comfy.

7 When parts are wrested from the whole and seen as separate and wholes within themselves, they become symbols standing for attack upon the whole, successful in effect, and never to be seen as whole again. These are the vicious ‘laws’ that make the dream. And yet you have forgotten that they stand but for your own decision of what should be real, to take the place of what is real. It sounds pretty unsavory to Me.

8 Sickness is a decision. You make it quite apart from God, Who Knows not any error.  It is not a thing that happens to you quite unsought, which makes you weak and brings you suffering. It is a choice you make, a plan you lay when for an instant truth arises in your own deluded mind and all your world appears to totter and prepare to fall. Now are you sick that truth may go away and threaten your establishments no more. You’re quite practiced at this, for it’s how You stay in this dream state; ‘keep dreaming’ is but Your priority. And that’s a pity!

9 How do you think that sickness can succeed in shielding you from truth? Because it proves the body is not separate from you, and so you must be separate from the truth. It’s great distraction. (I added that for Sun~Rose, for She thinks I’m too cerebral. That’s Her word, not Mine.) You suffer pain because the body does, and in this pain are you made one with it. Thus is your “true” identity preserved and the strange, haunting thought that you might be something beyond this little pile of dust silenced and stilled. For see, this dust can make you suffer, twist your limbs, and stop your heart, commanding you to die and cease to be. Saying it again: this “dust” is not You. And there is no death. These truths cannot be said too frequently.

10 Thus is the body stronger than the truth, which asks you live but cannot overcome your choice to die. And so the body is more powerful than everlasting life, Heaven more frail than hell, and God’s design for the salvation of His Son opposed by a decision stronger than His Will. You have created these ideas to make the dream seem real. His Son is dust, the Father incomplete, and chaos sits in triumph on His throne. So speaks the ego; the only lie and the only liar.

11 Such is your planning for your own defense. And you believe that Heaven quails before such mad attacks as these, – which make not any sense – with God made blind by your illusions, truth turned into lies, and all the universe made slave to laws which your defenses would impose on it. The Universe knows nothing of Your thought, or It would shudder! Yet as long as You believe insane ideas, You suffer from Your own beliefs. Yet who believes illusions but the one who made them up? And for what purpose? For illusions always are perpetrated with a reason. Who else can see them and react to them as if they were the truth? Therefore, they belong to You; and, thus, can always alter to come into holy harmony with God’s great Reality.

12 God knows not of your plans to change His Will. Reality’s unfolding Good goes on, as it always is, available to every One of Us, as We make the choice to reaccept it. (Why not do it now?) The universe remains unheeding of the laws by which you thought to govern it. And Heaven has not bowed to hell, nor life to death. (It seems to, but only in Your imagination [i.e. insane reverie]!) You can but choose to think you die or suffer sickness or distort the truth in any way. What is created (God’s Reality) is apart from all of this. Always at hand, available to You. Defenses are plans to defeat what cannot be attacked. (God’s Reality) What is unalterable cannot change. (God’s Reality) And what is wholly sinless cannot sin. (God’s Reality)

13Such is the simple truth. It does not make appeal to might nor triumph. It does not command obedience nor seek to prove how pitiful and futile are your attempts to plan defenses which would alter it. It merely wants to give you happiness, for such its purpose is. Stop! Let that sink in- deeply in Your mind.Let it register: God’s great Love for You. Every One of You, with no exceptions! All the Universe included! No-One is left out. That is the promise God makes His Son: every One comes Home to Heaven. And not by dying! Life is but the Way. Perhaps it sighs a little when you throw away its gifts, and yet it knows with perfect certainty that what God wills for you must be received. Sooner or later, depending on how great or small is Your tolerance for pain. It is always present; You’re just willfully ignoring it. Nonetheless, Your Good is always present. Reach out (even a little); You’ll feel It.

14 It is this fact which demonstrates that time is an illusion. For it lets you think what God has given you is not the truth right now, as it must be. Time is a liar. Remember this when age seems troubling. There is no such thing!  There is no age in forever, always! The Thoughts of God are quite apart from time. For time is but another meaningless defense you made against the truth. Yet what God wills is here, and you remain as He created you. And time is used by Him so You can see Your progress Homeward. (Sing Hallelujah!) You never knew that I could sing, did You?

When I sung in the synagogue, if there were a cantor,1 He sure did stop singing!

Never thought of Me like that, did You?

15 Truth has a power far beyond defense, for no illusions can remain where it has been allowed to enter. Truth is ever-present. Be-ing God, It must be everywhere! And It surely is available to You right now, whenever, wherever You happen to need It!And it comes to any mind that would lay down its arms and cease to play with folly. (i.e. quit dreaming!) It is found at any time—today, if you will choose to practice giving welcome to the truth. This is our aim today. And we will give a quarter of an hour twice to ask the truth to come to us and set us free. Gladly We will receive this Loving Truth and let It heal Us. Sing hallelujah! Right where We are lives the great possibility of a very Holy Instant.

16 And truth will come, for it has never been apart from us. Just like Love and Life are, Truth is Our holy sum and substance. It merely waits for just this invitation which we give today. It waits quite sure and patient, for Us to waken, for it is Our Reality, now and forever. Now is not too soon! We introduce it with a healing prayer to help us rise above defensiveness and let the truth be as it has always been: (We pray together. Such prayer cannot fail!)

17 Sickness is a defense against the truth. Which makes sickness a form of aggression. Not very pretty. We would be gladly healed of this; sooner instead of later! Why not even now! No point to dally! Why suffer longer? It wins no ‘points’ with God, who would have You being healed right now!
 I will accept the truth of what I am
And let my mind be wholly healed today.
The only sense of ‘time’ God has is NOW.

18 Healing will flash across your open mind – as lightning illuminates darkened skies – as peace and truth arise to take the place of war and vain imaginings – all those insane dreams; not Reality. There will be no dark corners sickness can conceal and keep defended from the light of truth freeing darkened thought. There will be no dim figures from your dreams nor their obscure and meaningless pursuits with double purposes insanely sought, remaining in your mind. Again, Your favorite word of Mine: phantasmagoria; the show without substance. It will be healed of all the sickly wishes that it tried to authorize the body to obey. As Your mind is healed, so is Your body, for they are but one.

19 Now is the body healed because the source of sickness has been opened to relief. Fear and tension gone, mind relaxes, followed by the body. And you will recognize you practiced well by this—the body should not feel at all. If you have been successful, there will be no sense of feeling ill or feeling well, of pain or pleasure. Simply the sweetest consciousness of peace. No response at all is in the mind to what the body does. Its usefulness remains and nothing more. Now You move as mind, not as a body. This is sweet freedom!

20 Perhaps you do not realize that this removes the limits you had placed upon the body by the purposes you gave to it. As seeming source of pain and strength of force; most unsavory. As these are laid aside, the strength the body has will always be enough to serve all truly useful purposes. Now the mind is Your source of strength and joy. The body’s health is fully guaranteed because it is not limited by time, by weather or fatigue, by food and drink, or any laws you made it serve before. You need do nothing now to make it well, for sickness has become impossible. Once again – as before the separation – You are free to be as You so choose.

21 Yet this protection needs to be preserved by careful watching. It is the mind that needs surveillance; it is not Your body, for it follows mind. So watch Your thinking! If you let your mind harbor attack thoughts, yield to judgment, or make plans against uncertainties to come, you have again misplaced yourself, and made a bodily identity which will attack the body, for the mind is sick. Give instant remedy should this occur by not allowing your defensiveness to hurt you longer. Do not be confused about what must be healed, but tell yourself: (quick as possible!)

22 I have forgotten what I really am,
– Part of the Consciousness of God, belovèd Source of All Divine Reality –
 For I mistook my body for myself.
Yet I am only Mind identified; therefore, eternal.
 Sickness is a defense against the truth,
But I am not a body. And my mind  Cannot attack
– defense attacks back.
So I can not be sick.
Simple reasoning, and it is the Truth.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com

Lesson 135 ~ Guidance Scribed by Sun~Rose


Guidance from Elder Brother
as Received and Transcribed by Sun~Rose*
*~*~*~*~*~*~*~
CIMS DAILY LESSON

LESSON ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-FIVE

ChrysanthemumLight

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE: The Course text is in bold face. The Guidance is in normal type In His Guidance, He has asked Me to capitalize the pronouns You and We as an acknowledgement of the Divinity of All of Us, an acknowledgement of Equality, an expression of His Love and respect for You. When You see the word ‘YOU’ capitalized in the Guidance, know that He is not just speaking to YOU, He is honoring YOU.

Part I

L e s s o n  135

If I defend myself, I am attacked.

By Whom?  It must be Myself, for I must then have perceived My sinless Self as guilty of some thing or another, forgetting My Innocence.  Please explain Brother?

Perhaps You do not understand the Innocence of All Creation:  God’s Revelation of Himself as Each One of Us.

The term ‘Creation’ does imply a beginning, and there never was one.  The verb form of the word found in the first chapter of the Bible more properly implies a ‘fattening’ or perhaps augmenting, and thus is more appropriate to the separation, where the sleeping Son of God – in His arrogance – thinks He can change God’s Revelation.

Fearful of retribution, understanding not Our God of Love, defense became the Son’s fixation.

1 Who would defend himself unless he thought he was attacked, that the attack is real, and that his own defense can save himself?

Having – only in His separated sense of mind – believed He made a successful attack on God, the Son has projected His aggression onto God and now feels needful of ‘defense’, an idea that’s quite unknown to God.

And herein lies the folly of defense-it gives illusions full reality and then attempts to handle them as real. It adds illusions to illusions, thus making correction doubly difficult.

While You are busy making Your defense, You see the ‘attacker’ as a hostile presence, and all of this seems to give reality to the unreal.  You have joined Your adversary sunk deep in the dream of attack/defend.  Ad infinitum.

2 And it is this you do when you attempt to plan the future, activate the past, or organize the present as you wish. You operate from the belief you must protect yourself from what is happening because it must contain what threatens you. A sense of threat is an acknowledgment of an inherent weakness, a belief that there is danger which has power to call on you to make appropriate defense.

This does presuppose a hostile world instead of the Kingdom of Heaven.  Expecting hostility, You’re sure to find it.

3 The world is based on this insane belief. And all its structures, all its thoughts and doubts, its penalties and heavy armaments, its legal definitions and its codes, its ethics and its leaders and its gods, all serve but to preserve its sense of threat. For no one walks the world in armature but must have terror striking at his heart.

Having – in Your own minds – mounted an attack on God, You now see Your reflections  everywhere You look.  Not a pretty picture dear Son of God.

4 Defense is frightening. It stems from fear, increasing fear as each defense is made. You think it offers safety. Yet it speaks of fear made real and terror justified. Is it not strange you do not pause to ask, as you elaborate your plans and make your armor thicker and your locks more tight, what you defend, and how, and against what?

5 Let us consider first what you defend. It must be something that is very weak and easily assaulted. It must be something made easy prey, unable to protect itself, and needing your defense. What but the body has such frailty that constant care and watchful, deep concern is needful to protect its little life? What but the body falters and must fail to serve the Son of God as worthy host?

6 Yet it is not the body that can fear, nor be a thing to fear. It has no need but those which you assign to it. It needs no complicated structures of defense, no health-inducing medicine, no care, and no concern at all. Defend its life, or give it gifts to make it beautiful or walls to make it safe, and you but say your home is open to the thief of time, corruptible and crumbling, so unsafe it must be guarded with your very life.

I’m ‘trying’ to wrap My mind around this, dear Elder Brother.  Recently – from Your words – I understood that All of Us are is consciousness, not bodies, and – as such – only We can attack Ourselves.  Kind of an ‘inside job’, so to speak.

Yet You teach that minds are joined.  Can You please elucidate here?  And, in addition, some more on body, please.  Can We walk in front of railroad trains with impunity?

Just elucidate?  I’d be glad to expound at length on this!

You are quite correct that You – and All the Universe – are consciousness.  As You have observed, the amount of consciousness that is Conscious Awareness varies greatly upon the choice of the individual.  Turn on the television and the percentage can drop close to zero.

On the heels of Christian Science and Quantum Physics, as minds were reopening to the idea of a Universe of Spirit, came the great new god: the television, to tell You how to think and act and all the proper standards, and show You everything that You don’t have, but You should.

It brought Your minds right back to the body.

Its goal?  To make You feel inadequate, and vulnerable.

7 Is not this picture fearful? Can you be at peace with such a concept of your home? Yet what endowed the body with the right to serve you thus except your own belief? It is your mind which gave the body all the functions that you see in it and set its value far beyond a little pile of dust and water. Who would make defense of something that he recognized as this?

How crucial is its own misinterpretation of the body to the ego.

8 The body is in need of no defense.

For it is – right here and now – Eternal Spirit.  It is consciousness personified, yet not matter.

This cannot be too often emphasized. 

Experience it as matter and it will seem to decay and die.  Know it as Spirit, and its perfection is eternal.  The body is obedient to the consciousness expressing it.  The body ruled by ego seems solid yet quite far from permanent.

The body governed by the Holy Spirit is forever whole and pure and free.

You choose Your ruler.

It will be strong and healthy if the mind does not abuse it by assigning it to roles it cannot fill, to purposes beyond its scope, and to exalted aims which it cannot accomplish. Such attempts, ridiculous yet deeply cherished, are the sources for the many mad attacks you make upon it. For it seems to fail your hopes, your needs, your values, and your dreams.  That is, when You think it material.

9 The “self” that needs protection is not real. –You made it up and called it the ego: the little i, i am, quite far from the I AM, the Holy Spirit. – The body, valueless and hardly worth the least defense, need merely be perceived as quite apart from you, – for You are Spirit, and it seems to be ‘matter’; yet when You dissociate from it and free it from Your fears, it then will serve You well, – and it becomes a healthy, serviceable instrument through which the mind can operate until its usefulness is over. – i.e. while You still experience Yourself as matter. Once Your mind is healed, You will see that You are Light. Then the misperception will no longer be useful. – Who would want to keep it when its usefulness is done?  And when You are realizing that You are truly Spirit.

10 Defend the body, and you have attacked your mind. For you have seen in it the faults, the weaknesses, the limits, and the lacks from which you think the body must be saved. You will not see the mind as separate from bodily conditions. And you will impose upon the body all the pain that comes from the conception of the mind as limited and fragile, and apart from other minds and separate from its Source.

The body does what the mind directs.  If the mind is full with resentment that grows and spreads throughout One’s consciousness, do not be surprised to find the body mirroring the mind.  The good news is that You can at any time change Your mind, and You will have a new result.

11 These are the thoughts in need of healing, and the body will respond with health when they have been corrected and replaced with truth. – Change Your mind about the body You be, and the body will change accordingly. – This is the body’s only real defense. Yet is this where you look for its defense? You offer it protection of a kind from which it gains no benefit at all but merely adds to your distress of mind. You do not heal but merely take away the hope of healing, for you fail to see where hope must lie if it be meaningful.

You think to save the body through things You do or give it without asking help from Your Divine Healer, the Holy Spirit.  And yet Your access to Her – to Him – is instant through the door that I have opened.1  When You need help, come, take My hand, and I will walk You through it.  Together We will listen, learn, and do the Holy Spirit’s kind, healing counsel.

12 A healed mind does not plan. It carries out the plans which it receives through listening to Wisdom that is not its own. It waits until it has been taught what should be done and then proceeds to do it. It does not depend upon itself for anything except its adequacy to fulfill the plans assigned to it. It is secure in certainty that obstacles cannot impede its progress to accomplishment of any goal which serves the greater plan established for the good of everyone.

And in this way, the Gift of Healing sought for the body also becomes the simultaneous joined healing of the mind.

13 A healed mind is relieved from the belief that it must plan, although it cannot know the outcome which is best, the means by which it is achieved, nor how to recognize the problem that the plan is made to solve. It must misuse the body in its plans until it recognizes this is so. But when it has accepted this as true, then is it healed and lets the body go.

You may be surprised to find the healing of the mind to heal beliefs of time and age along with illness.  The blessing of a mind that’s healed radiates far beyond all expectations.

14 Enslavement of the body to the plans the unhealed mind sets up to save itself must make the body sick. It is not free to be a means of helping in a plan which far exceeds its own protection and which needs its service for a little while. In this capacity is health assured. For everything the mind employs for this will function flawlessly and with the strength that has been given it and cannot fail.

15 It is, perhaps, not easy to perceive that self-initiated plans are but defenses with the purpose all of them were made to realize. They are the means by which a frightened mind would undertake its own protection at the cost of truth. This is not difficult to realize in some forms which these self-deceptions take, for the denial of reality is very obvious. Yet planning is not often recognized as a defense.

Why is it defense?  Because it is insistence on control.  Plans made apart from God, from Me, and from the Holy Spirit.

16 The mind engaged in planning for itself is occupied in setting up control of future happenings. It does not think that it will be provided for unless it makes its own provisions. Time becomes a future emphasis to be controlled by learning and experience obtained from past events and previous beliefs. It overlooks the present, for it rests on the idea the past has taught enough to let the mind direct its future course.

The ‘past’ and ‘future’ are ineffective. For all healing does take place only Now.  Yet the ego stubbornly insists upon avoiding Now.

17The mind that plans is thus refusing to allow for change. What it has learned before becomes the basis for its future goals. Its past experience directs its choice of what will happen. – As You may recall, this is but the definition of insanity: repeating of old ways, expecting new results. – And it does not see that here and now is everything it needs to guarantee a future quite unlike the past without a continuity of any old ideas and sick beliefs. – Here and now, great transformation is being offered to You!  Will You ignore it as You have before?  Or will You, this time, gladly accept it? Anticipation plays no part at all, for present confidence directs the way.

Trust in the unseen Help being offered You.  It is Your Saviour and Your Redeemer, being True.

18 Defenses are the plans you undertake to make against the truth. Their aim is to select what you approve and disregard what you consider incompatible with your beliefs of your reality. Yet what remains is meaningless indeed. For it is your reality which is the “threat” that your defenses would attack, obscure, and take apart and crucify.

19 What could you not accept if you but knew that everything that happens, all events, past, present, and to come, are gently planned by One Whose only purpose is your good? Perhaps you have misunderstood His plan, for He would never offer pain to you. But your defenses did not let you see His loving blessing shine in every step you ever took. While you made plans for death, He led you gently to eternal life.

Doubt You this?  Are You not right here reading My words this instant?

20 Your present trust in Him is the defense which promises a future undisturbed, without a trace of sorrow and with joy which constantly increases as this life becomes a holy instant, set in time but heeding only immortality. Let no defenses but your present trust direct the future, and this life becomes a meaningful encounter with the truth that only your defenses would conceal.

Where else could be found a ‘defense’ so sweet, so kind, so gentle, and, most importantly, so effective!

21 Without defenses, you become a light which Heaven gratefully acknowledges to be its own. And it will lead you on in ways appointed for your happiness according to the ancient plan begun when time was born. Your followers will join their light with yours, and it will be increased until the world is lighted up with joy. And gladly will our brothers lay aside their cumbersome defenses which availed them nothing and could only terrify.

Are You yet a believer?  Only the ego – ‘source’ of all Your seeming problems – would insist to You that to trust in God is quite dangerous.  Ignore its raucous voice.  Take My hand and We will walk joyfully together into the Light and see Here all Good revealed.

22 We will anticipate that time today with present confidence, for this is part of what was planned for us. We will be sure that everything we need is given us for our accomplishment of this today. We make no plans for how it will be done but realize that our defenselessness is all that is required for the truth to dawn upon our minds with certainty.

23 For 15 minutes twice today, we rest from senseless planning and from every thought which blocks the truth from entering our minds. Today we will receive instead of plan, that we may give instead of organize. And we are given truly, as we say:

24 If I defend myself, I am attacked.
But in defenselessness, I will be strong,
And I will learn what my defenses hide.

25 Nothing but that. If there are plans to make, you will be told of them. They may not be the plans you thought were needed nor indeed the answers to the problems which you thought confronted you. But they are answers to another kind of question which remains unanswered yet in need of answering until the Answer comes to you at last.

26 All your defenses have been aimed at not receiving what you will receive today. And in the light and joy of simple truth, you will but wonder why you ever thought that you must be defended from release. Heaven asks nothing. It is hell that makes extravagant demands for sacrifice. You give up nothing in these times today when undefended you present yourself to your Creator as you really are.

27 He has remembered you. Today we will remember Him. For this is Easter time in your salvation. And you rise again from what was seeming death and hopelessness. Now is the light of hope reborn in you, for now you come without defense to learn the part for you within the plan of God. What little plans or magical beliefs can still have value when you have received your function from the Voice of God Himself?

28 Try not to shape this day as you believe would benefit you most. For you can not conceive of all the happiness that comes to you without your planning. – Step back and trust Me to lead You.  You know I will never fail You nor forsake You. – Learn today. And all the world will take this giant stride and celebrate your Easter time with you.  – What is today but Your Resurrection? – Throughout the day, as foolish little things appear to raise defensiveness in you and tempt you to engage in weaving plans, remind yourself this is a special day for learning, and acknowledge it with this:

29 This is my Easter time. And I would keep It holy.
I will not defend myself,
Because the Son of God needs no defense
Against the truth of his reality.

I trust You Brother.

 

~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~*

[Thank you Dear Brother]

*Sun~Rose is the scribe of the recently published book,“YOU ARE LOVED AND SAFE: PREP NOTES FOR EXPERIENCING GOD’S LOVE“, Jesus’ Guidance on the Miracle Principles

She is also author of,“RADIANT LIFE: RAW FOOD AND THE PRESENCE OF LOVE”

BOTH now available on amazon.com
Follow

Get every new post delivered to your Inbox.

Join 6,576 other followers

%d bloggers like this: